Guía de Usuario John Deer

310G, 310SG & 315SGBackhoe Loader(S.N. 910056—)

OPERATOR’S MANUAL310G, 310SG and 315SG Backhoe

Loaders

OMT191038 Issue A4 (ENGLISH)

CALIFORNIAProposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents areknown to the State of California to cause cancer, birth

defects, and other reproductive harm.

If this product contains a gasoline engine:

WARNING

The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicalsknown to the State of California to cause cancer, birth

defects or other reproductive harm.

The State of California requires the above two warnings.

Worldwide ConstructionAnd Forestry Division

LITHO IN U.S.A.

Introduction

DX,IFC7 –19–16NOV01–1/1

Foreword

READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operateand service your machine correctly. Failure to do socould result in personal injury or equipment damage.This manual and safety signs on your machine mayalso be available in other languages. (See your JohnDeere dealer to order.)

THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED apermanent part of your machine and should remainwith the machine when you sell it.

MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in bothmetric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use onlycorrect replacement parts and fasteners. Metric andinch fasteners may require a specific metric or inchwrench.

RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determinedby facing in the direction of forward travel.

WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers section. Accuratelyrecord all the numbers to help in tracing the machineshould it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these

numbers when you order parts. File the identificationnumbers in a secure place off the machine.

WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’ssupport program for customers who operate andmaintain their equipment as described in this manual.The warranty is explained on the warranty certificatewhich you should have received from your dealer.

This warranty provides you the assurance that JohnDeere will back its products where defects appearwithin the warranty period. In some circumstances,John Deere also provides field improvements, oftenwithout charge to the customer, even if the product isout of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, ormodified to change its performance beyond the originalfactory specifications, the warranty will become voidand field improvements may be denied. Setting fueldelivery above specifications or otherwiseoverpowering machines will result in such action.

THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied withyour machine may not apply outside the U.S.

012704

PN=2

Introduction

HG31779,0000015 –19–08APR02–1/1

Emission Control Statement

EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FORNEW JOHN DEERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (U.S. AND CANADA)

To determine if the engine in your machine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the "Engine Information"label located on your engine. If you reside in the United States and the engine label states: "Engine conforms toUS EPA regulations on heavy duty non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "U.S. Emission Control WarrantyStatement." If you reside in California, and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to California regulations on heavy dutynon road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "California Emission Control Warranty Statement."

U.S. EPA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT

CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT

Emissions control-related parts and components are warrantedby John Deere for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whicheveroccurs first. John Deere further warrants that the engine coveredby this warranty was designed, built, and equipped so as toconform at the time of sale with all U.S. emissions standards atthe time of manufacture, and that it is free of defects in materialsand workmanship which would cause it not to meet thesestandards within the period of five years or 3000 hours ofoperations, whichever occurs first.

Operator's Manual. John Deere recommends that you retain allreceipts covering maintenance on your heavy-duty engine, butJohn Deere cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receiptsor for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduledmaintenance.

However, as the heavy-duty engine owner, you should be awarethat John Deere may deny you warranty coverage if your heavy-duty engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, impropermaintenance or unapproved modifications.

Your engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel only. Use ofany other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating incompliance with California's emissions requirements.

You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The CARBsuggests that you present your machine to the nearest authorizedJohn Deere dealer as soon as a problem is suspected. Thewarranty repairs should be completed by the service dealer asexpeditiously as possible.

If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights andresponsibilities, you should contact John Deere at 1-319-292-5400, or the State of California Air Resources Board, Mobile SourceOperation Division, PO Box 8001, El Monte, CA 91731-2900

The warranty period begins on the date the machine is deliveredto an ultimate purchaser, or when otherwise put into service.John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and eachsubsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built andequipped so as to conform with all applicable regulations adoptedby the Air Resources Board, and that it is free from defects inmaterials and workmanship which would cause the failure of awarranted part.

Any warranted part which is scheduled for replacement asrequired maintenance by the operator's manual is warranted byJohn Deere for the period of time prior to the first scheduledreplacement point for that part. If the part fails prior to the firstscheduled replacement point, the part shall be repaired orreplaced under warranty. Any such part repaired or replacedunder warranty is warranted for the remainder of the period priorto the first scheduled replacement point for that part.

Any warranted part which is not scheduled for replacement asrequired maintenance, or which is scheduled only for regularinspection to the effect of repairing or replacing as necessary, iswarranted for the warranty period.

Repair or replacement of a warranted part will be performed at nocharge to you by an authorized John Deere dealer. You will notbe charged for diagnostic labor which leads to the determinationthat a warranted part is defective, if the diagnostic work isperformed by a John Deere dealer.

John Deere is liable for damages to other engine componentscaused by failure under warranty of any warranted part.

John Deere is NOT liable for travel or mileage on extendedemissions warranty service calls.

Any replacement part may be used in the performance of anymaintenance or repairs, and such use will not reduce the warrantyobligations of John Deere. However, the use of add-on ormodified parts are grounds for disallowing a warranty claim.

Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-relatedparts and components of your engine. The complete machinewarranty, less emisions-related parts and components, isprovided separately as "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For NewConstruction Products."

YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY COVERAGE:

OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:

As the heavy-duty engine owner, you are responsible for theperformance of the required maintenance as outlined in the

The California Air Resources Board (CARB) and John Deere arepleased to explain the emission control system on your newengine. In California, new heavy-duty engines must be designed,built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smogstandards. John Deere must warrant the emission control systemon your engine for the periods of time listed below provided therehas been no abuse, neglect, or improper maintenance of yourmachine.

Where a warrantable condition exists, i.e. failure due to defect inJohn Deere-supplied material and/or workmanship, John Deerewill repair your heavy-duty engine at no cost to you includingdiagnosis, parts and labor

The emission control system of your heavy-duty engine iswarranted for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whicheveroccurs first. If any emission-related part on your engine isdefective, the part will be repaired or replaced by John Deere.Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-relatedparts and components of your engine. The complete machinewarranty, less emissions-related parts and components, isprovided separately as the "John Deere "Secure Warranty" ForNew Construction Products."

Your emissions control system includes:

Fuel Metering SystemFuel Injection System

Air Induction SystemIntake ManifoldTurbocharger SystemCharge Air Cooling System

Miscellaneous Items used in Above Systems

T13

2126

–19–

28JU

N00

012704

PN=3

Introduction

TX,TM,FAX –19–03JUL01–1/1

Technical Information Feedback Form

We need your help to continually improve our technicalpublications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail yourcomments, ideas and improvements.

SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque WorksP.O. Box 538Attn: Publications Supervisor, Dept. 303Dubuque, IA 52004-0538

FAX NUMBER: 563-589-5800

Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):

OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of this publication? (Check one)

Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Company Name:

Technician Name:

Address:

Phone:

Fax No.:

Dealer Acct. No.:

THANK YOU!

012704

PN=4

ContentsPagePage

Safety—Safety SignsSafety—Safety FeaturesSafety Signs (S.N. 910056—919463) . . . . . . . . 1-5-1Safety Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1Safety Signs (S.N. 919464—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3

Safety—General PrecautionsOperation—Operator’s StationRecognize Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1Pedals and Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1Follow Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With PilotOperate Only If Qualified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1Wear Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2Display Monitor Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications. . . . 1-2-2Right-Side Console Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5Inspect Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3Controls—Steering Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8Stay Clear Of Moving Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—IfAvoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9Beware Of Exhaust Fumes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped (S.N.Prevent Fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4

910056—919463) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9Prevent Battery Explosions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-10Handle Chemical Products Safely. . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5Defroster, Heater, and Air ConditionerDispose Of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5

Controls—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11Prepare For Emergencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5Side Windows—Secondary Exits . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12

Safety—Operating Precautions Adjusting Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13Use Steps And Handholds Correctly . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15Start Only From Operator’s Seat . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped . . . . . 2-1-15Use And Maintain Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1Prevent Unintended Machine Movement . . . . . 1-3-2

Operation—Operating The MachinePrevent Unintended MachineInspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . 2-2-1Movement—If Equipped With PilotCheck Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3Avoid Work Site Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—IfKeep Riders Off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5Avoid Backover Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4

Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System. . . . . 2-2-7Avoid Machine Tipover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4

Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8Add And Operate Attachments Safely . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8Use Special Care When Operating. . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads . . . . . 1-3-6 Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . 2-2-10Inspect and Maintain ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6 Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . 2-2-11

Driving the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-12Safety—Maintenance Precautions Operating Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15Park And Prepare For Service Safely . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 Operating Boom Lock—310G, 310SG . . . . . . 2-2-16Service Cooling System Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 Operating Boom Lock—315SG. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . . . 1-4-2 Operating Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18Make Welding Repairs Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-2

Continued on next pageDrive Metal Pins Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based onthe latest information available at the time of publication. The right isreserved to make changes at any time without notice.

COPYRIGHT 2003DEERE & COMPANY

Moline, IllinoisAll rights reserved

A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ManualPrevious Editions

Copyright 2000, 2002

i 012704

PN=1

Contents

Page Page

Operating Backhoe—John Deere Service Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6Required Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8Two-Lever Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-LeverControls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20 Maintenance—As Required

Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21 Check and Adjust Boom Lock-310G, 310SG . . 3-3-1

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot Check Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22 Tire Inflation Pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3

Side-Shifting the Backhoe Boom—315SG . . . 2-2-23 Check Wheel Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If Clean Cab Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24 Inspect and Clean Hydraulic ReservoirOperating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If Fill Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25 Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment. . . . . . . . 3-3-6Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader

Functions—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7Operating Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-27 Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . 3-3-8Operating Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28 Inspect Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If

(MFWD)—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30 Grease Sideshift Rails—315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Parking the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31 Grease Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips—315SG . . 3-3-10Loading Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33 Grease Extendible Dipperstick Side Rails—Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34 If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10

Grease Extendable Dipperstick Backhoes—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11Maintenance—Machine

Grease Front WheelDiesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N.—911129) . . 3-3-11Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1

Grease Front WheelDieselscan Fuel Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N. 911130—). . 3-3-12Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants. . . . . . . . . 3-1-3Diesel Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or DailyDiesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4 Checking Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . . . . . . 3-4-1Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5 Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6 Grease Loader Pivots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4Grease For Extendible Dipperstick, Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped . . . . 3-4-5

Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins. . . . 3-4-5Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6 Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and

Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7 Cylinder Rod Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and

Steering Pivots (S.N.—911129) . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-8Maintenance—Periodic MaintenanceGrease Non-Powered Front Axle andService Your Machine at Specified Intervals. . . 3-2-1

Steering Pivots (S.N. 911130—) . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9Check Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1Grease MFWD Front Axle and UniversalPrepare Machine for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2

Joints—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-10Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2Opening and Closing Engine Hood. . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3 Maintenance—After First 100 HoursMaintenance And Repair Record Change Engine Break-In Oil And

Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-4 Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS, Replace Transmission Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2

DIESELSCAN, and 3-Way Coolant TestContinued on next pageKit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5

ii 012704

PN=2

Contents

Page Page

Maintenance—Every 250 Hours Handling, Checking And Servicing BatteriesCarefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-7Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1 Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-8Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped . . . . 3-6-1

Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Replacing Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-10Remove and Install Halogen Bulb. . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2

Check Rear Axle Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4 Checking Neutral Start System. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12Changing Loader Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4Reversing Stabilizer Feet—310G, 310SG. . . . 4-1-14Changing Sideshift Backhoe StabilizerMaintenance—Every 500 Hours

Feet—315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14Check Coolant and Add Conditioner. . . . . . . . . 3-7-1Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310G . . 4-1-15Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2Adding Liquid Ballast to FrontReplace Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2

Tires—310SG and 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque . . . 3-7-2Welding on Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather . . . . . . . 3-7-3Checking Ride Control Accumulator—IfChange Engine Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . 3-7-4

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17Replace Final Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-5Discharge Ride Control System

Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . 4-1-18Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours Discharge Pilot Control SystemClean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . 4-1-19

Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N.—911129) . . . 3-8-1 Lowering Boom Without ElectricalClean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel Power—For Machines With Pilot Controls. . 4-1-20

Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N. 911130—). . . 3-8-3 Check Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-21Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Bleeding Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-22

Housing Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4 Service Recommendations For STC1

Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5 Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control

Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube . . . . 3-8-5 Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-25Change Transmission and Torque Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension

Converter Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6 (S.N.—913416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26Change Rear Axle Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7 Adjusting Speed Control Lever TensionReplace Pilot Control Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8 (S.N. 913417—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27Check Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8 Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest —IfChange Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-9 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . 3-8-10 Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.—

911129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) . . . . . . . 3-9-1 911130—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29

Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . 4-1-30Do Not Service Control Valves,Miscellaneous—Machine

Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31Inspecting And Cleaning DustyKeep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31Secondary And Primary Element . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw TorqueCheck Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3

Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator . . . . . . . 4-1-3Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . 4-1-33Draining the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4

Filling the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5Do Not Service Or Adjust Injection Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Nozzles Or Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5 Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1Replace Engine Torsional Damper . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6 Gauge and Indicator Check With Engine Off . . 4-2-1Draining Fuel Filter Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6

Continued on next pagePrecautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . . 4-1-6

iii 012704

PN=3

Contents

Page Page

FNR, Neutral Start Circuit and Reverse 310SG and 315SG Backhoe LoaderDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-15Warning Alarm Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2

Park Brake, Indicator Light, and Engine 310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . 4-6-20310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader Weight. . 4-6-20Speed Control Linkage Checks. . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3

Brake System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3 310SG, 315SG Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-21310SG And 315SG Backhoe LoaderSteering System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5

Hydraulic System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5 Lifting Capacities—Standard Dipperstick. . . 4-6-22310SG And 315SG Backhoe LoaderPilot Control Operation Checks—If

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-11 Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23Check Operation Of Accessories (Engine

Stopped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-13 310SG And 315SG Backhoe LoaderLifting Capacities—Extendible DipperstickCab Component Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-13

Miscellaneous Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-14 (Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-24

Miscellaneous—Crime Prevention TipsMiscellaneous—TroubleshootingHelp Prevent Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1Record Construction Identification Numbers . . . 4-7-1Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6Park Indoors Out of Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1Gauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9When Parking Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-2Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12Reduce Vandalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-2Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-14Report Thefts Immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-3

Miscellaneous—StoragePrepare Machine For Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1

Miscellaneous—Machine NumbersRecord Product Identification Number (PIN) . . . 4-5-1Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1Record Transmission Serial Number—

Manual Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1Record Transmission Serial

Number—Powershift—(310SG, 315SG) . . . . 4-5-1Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number . . . . 4-5-2Record (MFWD) Front Axle Housing

Serial Number—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2

Miscellaneous—SpecificationsTravel Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities. . . 4-6-2310G Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3310G Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4310G Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-9310G Backhoe Loader Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-10310G Buckets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-10310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—

Standard Dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-11310G Backhoe Loader Lifting

Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12

310G Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13

310SG and 315SG Specifications . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14

iv 012704

PN=4

Safety—Safety Features

TX03768,0000B8D –19–07SEP01–1/1

Safety Features

12 3

5

6

13

12

11

14

15

17

16

10 9

87

4

T145296 T14

5296

–UN

–05S

EP

01

Please remember, the operator is the key topreventing accidents.

1. Headlights/Taillights. Two front halogendriving/work lights and two rear halogen work lights.

2. Signal/Warning Lights. Roof mounted turningsignal lights and warning lights for on-road use.

3. ROPS Protection. Certified rollover protectionstructure surrounds the operator. Integral roofprovides overhead protection.

4. Seat Position Sensor. An audio/visual warningalerts operator when FNR is in forward/ reverse andthe seat turned toward the backhoe position.

5. Interior Rearview Mirror. Offers the operator aview of activity behind him.

6. Handholds. Large and conveniently placed, make iteasy to enter or exit the operator’s station.

7. Loader Boom Service Lock. Provided for workingon or around this machine with the boom raised.

8. Engine Fan Guard. A secondary engine fan guardinside engine compartment encloses rotating fanblades.

9. Bypass Start Protection. Shielding over the startersolenoid helps prevent dangerous bypass starting.

10. Ground-Level Fueling, Daily Service Checks.Ground-level fueling feature eliminates the need toclimb on the machine to fuel it.

11. Steps. Wide, skid-resistant steps provide excellentfooting for getting in/out of operator’s station.

12. Independent Parking/Secondary Brake.Independent, electrically controlled, parking brakeelectrically engages when the engine is stopped.

13. Neutral Start. Prevents the engine from beingstarted unless FNR control is in neutral.

14. Backup Alarm. Alerts bystanders when themachine is shifted into reverse.

15. Seat Belt Retractors. Seatbelt retractors helpkeep belts clean and convenient to use.

16. Exceptional Visibility. Views to either side andfront or rear working tools are unrestricted.

17. Operator Manual Holder. A sealed manual holderkeeps manual clean and dry.

1-1-1 012704

PN=7

Safety—General Precautions

TX03679,00016CC –19–21AUG00–1/1

Recognize Safety Information

T13

3555

–UN

–28A

UG

00T

1335

88–1

9–28

AU

G00

This is the safety alert symbol. When you see thissymbol on your machine or in this manual, be alertfor the potential of personal injury.

Follow the precautions and safe operating practiceshighlighted by this symbol.

A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — isused with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies themost serious hazards.

On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs areyellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located nearspecific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTIONlabels.

TX03679,00016F9 –19–28JAN03–1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

T13

3556

–UN

–24A

UG

00

Read the safety messages in this manual and on themachine. Follow these warnings and instructions carefully.Review them frequently. Keep safety signs in goodcondition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Besure new equipment components and repair parts includethe current safety signs. Replacement safety signs areavailable from your authorized John Deere dealer.

Be sure all operators of this machine understand everysafety message. Replace operator’s manual and safetylabels immediately if missing or damaged.

1-2-1 012704

PN=8


TX03679,00016FA –19–30OCT00–1/1

Operate Only If Qualified

Do not operate this machine unless you have read theoperator’s manual carefully and you have beenqualified by supervised training and instruction.

Familiarize yourself with the job site and yoursurroundings before operating. Try all controls and

machine functions with the machine in an open areabefore starting to work.

Know and observe all safety rules that may apply toyour work situation and your work site.

TX03679,00016D0 –19–30OCT00–1/1

Wear Protective Equipment

TS

206

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;wear goggles or safety glasses.

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipmentappropriate to the job.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairmentor loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection suchas earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable oruncomfortable loud noises.

TX03679,00016B7 –19–12MAY03–1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

Modifications of this machine, or addition ofunapproved products or attachments, may affectmachine stability or reliability, and may create a hazardfor the operator or others near the machine. Theinstaller of any modification which may affect theelectronic controls of this machine is responsible forestablishing that the modification does not adverselyaffect the machine or its performance.

Always contact an authorized dealer before makingmachine modifications that change the intended use,weight or balance of the machine, or that altermachine controls, performance or reliability.

1-2-2 012704

PN=9


TX03679,0001734 –19–25SEP00–1/1

Inspect Machine

T66

07A

Q–U

N–1

8OC

T88

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around itbefore starting.

Keep all guards and shields in good condition andproperly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or brokenparts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulichoses and electrical wiring.

TX03679,00016D2 –19–30OCT00–1/1

Stay Clear Of Moving Parts

T13

3592

–UN

–12S

EP

01Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.

Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintainingany part of machine with moving parts.

Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard orshield that has been removed for access as soon asservice or repair is complete.

TX03679,00016D3 –19–30OCT00–1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

T13

3509

–UN

–31O

CT

00T

1338

40–U

N–2

0SE

P00

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skincausing serious injury.

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping fluid.Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnectinglines or working on hydraulic system.

If hydraulic fluid penetrates your skin, see a doctorimmediately. Injected fluid must be removedsurgically within hours or gangrene may result.Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere &Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

1-2-3 012704

PN=10


TX03679,00016D4 –19–14SEP00–1/1

Beware Of Exhaust Fumes

T13

3546

–UN

–24A

UG

00

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can causesickness or death.

If you must operate in a building, provide adequateventilation. Use an exhaust pipe extension to remove theexhaust fumes or open doors and windows to bringoutside air into the area.

TX03679,00016F5 –19–25SEP00–1/1

Prevent Fires

T13

3552

–UN

–14S

EP

00T

1335

53–U

N–0

7SE

P00

T13

3554

–UN

–07S

EP

00

Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away fromfire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or whennear sparks or flame.

Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, greaseand oil from accumulating in engine compartment, aroundfuel lines, hydraulic lines and electrical wiring. Never storeoily rags or flammable materials inside a machinecompartment.

Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hosesimmediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oilspills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequentlyfor damage.

Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep amulti-purpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.Know how to use extinguisher properly.

TX03679,000174A –19–14SEP00–1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions

TS

204

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches,and open flame away from the top of battery.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal objectacross the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warmbattery to 16°C (60°F).

1-2-4 012704

PN=11


TX03679,00016D7 –19–05AUG02–1/1

Handle Chemical Products Safely

T13

3580

–UN

–25A

UG

00

Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause seriousinjury. Under certain conditions, lubricants, coolants,paints and adhesives used with this machine may behazardous.

If uncertain about safe handling or use of these chemicalproducts, contact your authorized dealer for a MaterialSafety Data Sheet (MSDS) or go to internet websitehttp://www.jdmsds.com. The MSDS describes physicaland health hazards, safe use procedures, and emergencyresponse techniques for chemical substances. FollowMSDS recommendations to handle chemical productssafely.

TX03679,0001733 –19–17APR01–1/1

Dispose Of Waste Properly

T13

3567

–UN

–25A

UG

00

Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment.Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and batteries used with thismachine may be harmful if not disposed of properly.

Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere.Government regulations may require using a certifiedservice center to recover and recycle used refrigerants.

If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact yourlocal environmental or recycling center or your authorizeddealer for more information.

TX03679,000174B –19–14SEP00–1/1

Prepare For Emergencies

TS

291

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

1-2-5 012704

PN=12

Safety—Operating Precautions

TX03679,00016F2 –19–14SEP00–1/1

Use Steps And Handholds Correctly

T13

3468

–UN

–30A

UG

00

Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on andoff. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.Never use machine controls as handholds.

Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture presentslippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of greaseor oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount ordismount a moving machine.

TX03679,0001799 –19–02MAY01–1/1

Start Only From Operator’s Seat

T13

3715

–UN

–07S

EP

00Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine onlywhile sitting in operator’s seat. Ensure all controls andworking tools are in proper position for a parked machine.

Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do notattempt to start engine by shorting across the startersolenoid terminals.

TX03679,00016DD –19–17OCT00–1/1

Use And Maintain Seat Belt

T13

3716

–19–

14S

EP

00Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember tofasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucksand during other uses.

Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not cutor torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part isdamaged or does not function properly.

The complete seat belt assembly should be replacedevery three years, regardless of appearance.

1-3-1 012704

PN=13


TX03768,0000B8A –19–26OCT01–1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine MovementPARK BRAKE

Always set parking brakebefore leaving seat.After startup, cycle parkbrake switch ON/OFF torelease park brake.

ON OFF

T14

7434

–19–

26O

CT

01

Always set the park lock brake switch to the “ON”position before leaving the operator’s seat for anyreason.

Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel orother controls. Engage park brake and lower workequipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stopthe engine before allowing anyone to approach themachine. Follow proper parking procedures before leavingthe operator’s station.

HG31779,00001D2 –19–23JAN03–1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—IfEquipped With Pilot Controls

T16

4252

–UN

–21J

AN

03

Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers whenco-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics onbackhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics beforeallowing anyone to approach machine.

1-3-2 012704

PN=14


TX03768,0000BAA –19–21DEC01–1/1

Avoid Work Site Hazards

T14

7554

–UN

–01N

OV

01T

1475

55–U

N–1

3DE

C01

Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and waterlines. Call utility line location services to identify allunderground utilities before you dig.

Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating nearstructures or objects that could fall onto the machine.Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if runover.

Avoid boom or attachment contact with overheadobstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move anypart of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twicethe line insulator length to overhead wires.

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Use barricades or asignal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Usea signal person if moving machine in congested areas orwhere visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person inview. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.

Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient tosupport machine. Be especially alert working nearembankments or excavations.

Avoid working under over-hanging embankments orstockpiles that could collapse on machine.

TX03768,0000BAF –19–21NOV01–1/1

Keep Riders Off Machine

T14

8715

–UN

–06D

EC

01

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.

Riders on machine are subject to injury such as beingstruck by foreign objects and being thrown off of themachine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resultingin the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

1-3-3 012704

PN=15


TX03768,0000B8B –19–06SEP01–1/1

Avoid Backover Accidents

T14

5317

–UN

–06S

EP

01

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clearof the machine travel path. Turn around and lookdirectly for best visibility. Use mirror to assist in checkingbehind the machine. Keep windows and mirror clean andin good repair.

Be certain backup warning alarm is working properly.

Use a signal person when backing if view isobstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signalperson in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signalsto communicate.

TX03768,0000BA3 –19–26OCT01–1/1

Avoid Machine Tipover

T14

7495

–19–

26O

CT

01

Use seat belt at all times.

Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely tojump clear and the machine may crush you.

Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Besure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm levelsurface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly totruck bed.

Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky orfrozen ground because machine may slip sideways inthese conditions.

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating onstockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that maycave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

1-3-4 012704

PN=16


TX03679,00016F0 –19–14SEP00–1/1

Add And Operate Attachments Safely

Always verify compatibility of attachments by contactingyour authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachmentsmay affect machine stability or reliability, and may createa hazard for others near the machine.

Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachmentinstallation. Add guards to machine if operator protectionis required or recommended. Verify that all connectionsare secure and attachment responds properly to controls.

Carefully read attachment manual and follow allinstructions and warnings. In an area free of bystandersand obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn itscharacteristics and range of motion.

TX03768,0000B70 –19–21DEC01–1/1

Use Special Care When Operating

T14

8749

–UN

–05D

EC

01T

1474

38–U

N–2

6OC

T01

Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyoneto ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform.

Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the loadreduces machine stability, especially on side slopes onsoft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load.

Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do notattempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too longto fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequatechain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raisedloads.

Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to liftobjects too heavy for your machine. Assure machinestability and hydraulic capability with a test lift beforeattempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain orsling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilizeloads.

Never lift an object above or near another person.

1-3-5 012704

PN=17


TX03679,00017C8 –19–14JUN01–1/1

Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads

T14

1891

–UN

–22M

AY

01

Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slowerthan normal highway speeds must have proper lightingand markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.

Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required tomake the machine visible and identify it as a workmachine. Check state and local regulations to assurecompliance. Keep these devices clean and in workingcondition.

TX03679,000179F –19–20APR01–1/1

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS)should be replaced, not reused.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired ifROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved inan overturn incident, or is in any way altered bywelding, bending, drilling, or cutting.

If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason,inspect it carefully before operating the machine again.

To maintain the ROPS:

• Replace missing hardware using correct gradehardware.

• Check hardware torque.• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or

wear; replace them if necessary.• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

1-3-6 012704

PN=18

Safety—Maintenance Precautions

TX03679,0001809 –19–18SEP01–1/1

Park And Prepare For Service Safely

T13

3332

–19–

14D

EC

01T

S22

9–U

N–2

3AU

G88

Warn others of service work. Always park and prepareyour machine for service or repair properly.

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipmentto the ground.

• Engage park brake.• Stop engine and remove key.• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in

the operator’s station.

Securely support machine or attachment before workingunder it.

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuatedtools or attachments.

• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or woodenpieces that may crumble or crush.

• Do not support machine with a single jack or otherdevices that may slip out of place.

• Always install boom lock before working on or aroundthis machine with the loader boom raised.

Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.Keep service area clean and dry. Use two peoplewhenever the engine must be running for service work.

DX,RCAP –19–04JUN90–1/1

Service Cooling System Safely

TS

281

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized coolingsystem can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enoughto touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stopto relieve pressure before removing completely.

1-4-1 012704

PN=19


DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

TS

220

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heatedby welding, soldering, or using a torch.

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 101 mm (4 in.) from areato be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.

• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.Wear an approved respirator.

• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper withsoap and water before welding. Remove solvent orpaint stripper containers and other flammable materialfrom area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutesbefore welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where weldingwill take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxicfumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

TX03679,00016D5 –19–02OCT00–1/1

Make Welding Repairs Safely

T13

3547

–UN

–31A

UG

00

NOTE: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn offmain battery switch or disconnect positive batterycable. Separate harness connectors to engine andvehicle microprocessors.

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns ifpressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heatgo beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes.Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protectionand protective equipment when welding.

1-4-2 012704

PN=20


TX03679,0001745 –19–25SEP00–1/1

Drive Metal Pins Safely

T13

3738

–UN

–14S

EP

00Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses andother protective equipment before striking hardened parts.Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins andbucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.

Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer andobject to prevent chipping.

1-4-3 012704

PN=21

Safety—Safety Signs

HG31779,00002B4 –19–19MAY03–1/2

Safety Signs (S.N. 910056—919463)

T19

0246

–19–

12M

AY

03

Safety Signs (S.N. 910056—919463)

1-5-1 012704

PN=22

Continued on next page


HG31779,00002B4 –19–19MAY03–2/2

T16

4250

–19–

21JA

N03

Safety Signs (S.N. 910056—919463)

1-5-2 012704

PN=23


HG31779,00001C6 –19–21JAN03–1/2

Safety Signs (S.N. 919464—)

T19

0116

–19–

12M

AY

03


1-5-3 012704

PN=24



HG31779,00001C6 –19–21JAN03–2/2

T19

0117

–19–

12M

AY

03


1-5-4 012704

PN=25

Operation—Operator’s Station

HG31779,00001C3 –19–13JAN03–1/1

Pedals and Levers

T16

3833

B–U

N–1

3JA

N03

1—Backhoe Control Lever2—Boom Lock Lever3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal

HG31779,00001C4 –19–13JAN03–1/1

Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With PilotControls

T16

3834

B–U

N–1

3JA

N03

1—Backhoe Pilot Controls2—Boom Lock Lever3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal

2-1-1 012704

PN=26


TX03679,000183A –19–24JAN02–1/3

Display Monitor Functions

T15

5443

D–U

N–0

3JU

L02

1—Select Button 5—Fuel Level Gauge 8—Seat Belt Indicator/Park 11—Check Service Code2—Display Window 6—Hydraulic Oil Filter Brake Indicator Indicator3—Engine Coolant Indicator 9—Engine Alternator Voltage 12—Stop Indicator

Temperature Gauge 7—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator4—Converter Oil Temperature Indicator 10—Engine Oil Pressure

Gauge Indicator

The display monitor has three modes of operation:

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage.Do not operate machine whenmonitor is inoperable,malfunctioning, or does notsuccessfully complete self test.

• BULB CHECK MODE: With the engine not running,turning the key switch to “On” puts the displaymonitor in bulb check mode. In this mode, themonitor alarm beeps, all gauges and indicators light,and all gauge needles cycle from minimum to12-o’clock positions before registering currentreadings. Bulb check mode lasts five seconds, toallow the operator time to verify that all displayelements are functional.

• KEY SWITCH ON, ENGINE NOT RUNNING MODE:With key switch “On” but the engine not running, allgauges (3—5), and the alternator voltage indicator(9) remain lit. Press and hold the select button tocycle the display window between three displays.

• ENGINE RUNNING MODE: Monitor panel entersengine running mode after bulb check mode whenthe engine is started. In engine running mode,current status of machine is displayed on the displaywindow, gauges, and indicators. Press and hold theselect button to cycle the display window betweenthree displays.

1—Select Button: With key switch “On”, press andhold the select button to cycle between displays on thedisplay window.

2—Display Window: The display window has fourdisplays. Press and hold the select button to cyclebetween displays on the display window when themonitor panel is active:

• Hour Meter• Engine rpm• Battery Voltage• Service Code

2-1-2 012704

PN=27



TX03679,000183A –19–24JAN02–2/3

3—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge: Whenengine coolant temperature is too high the gaugeneedle will enter red zone, STOP indicator will light,and alarm will sound. Do not stop engine. Reduce loadand run engine at slow idle for 1—2 minutes. If gaugeneedle does not fall to an acceptable operating level,stop engine. See your authorized dealer.

4—Transmission and Torque Converter OilTemperature Gauge: When transmission oiltemperature is too high, gauge needle will enter redzone, STOP indicator will light, and alarm will sound.Reduce load immediately, shift into NEUTRAL and runengine at slow idle. Inspect for plugged oil cooler.

5—Fuel Level Gauge: The gauge shows the level offuel in the tank. Fuel level gauge needle will enter redzone when fuel level in tank is low.

6—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator:

IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil filter restrictionindicator lights and hydraulic oil iswarm, change filter as soon aspossible to prevent damage.

Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element isrestricted.

NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to lighttemporarily. Allow time for oil to warm up andindicator to go out before servicing filter.

7—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator: Indicatorwill light when air filter elements are restricted. Cleanor change filter elements.

8—Seat Belt/Park Brake Indicator: Indicator will lightat engine startup and stay lit for 5 seconds. Withengine running, indicator will come on when parkbrake is engaged.

9—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator: Indicator willlight when alternator output voltage drops below 12V.Check electrical system or recharge battery, ifnecessary.

10—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator:

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Ifengine oil pressure indicator lightcomes on while operating, stopmachine. STOP ENGINEIMMEDIATELY.

When engine oil pressure is low, indicator will light,STOP indicator will flash and alarm will sound. Stopmachine. STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.

11—Check Service Code Indicator: A four digitservice code will appear in display window. See yourauthorized dealer.

12—Stop Indicator:

IMPORTANT: If STOP indicator lights and alarmsounds for more than ten secondswith engine oil pressure indicator lit,stop machine immediately andinvestigate cause of problem.

If STOP indicator lights and alarmsounds for more than ten secondswith engine coolant temperaturegauge needle in red zone, reduceload and run engine for 1—2 minutesat slow idle to allow time to cool. IfSTOP indicator remains lit andengine coolant temperature gaugeneedle does not fall to an acceptableoperating temperature, stop engineand investigate problem. Do notrestart engine until problem hasbeen corrected.

The STOP indicator lights and alarm sounds when:

• Engine oil pressure is low.• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high.• FNR lever is shifted into “Forward” F or “Reverse” R

with park brake ON.

2-1-3 012704

PN=28



TX03679,000183A –19–24JAN02–3/3

• FNR lever is shifted into “Forward” F or “Reverse” Rwith park brake OFF and seat rotated toward thebackhoe position.

2-1-4 012704

PN=29


HG31779,00002B2 –19–19MAY03–1/3

Right-Side Console Functions

T15

5443

C–U

N–3

1MA

Y02

S.N.919464—Shown

1—Park Brake Switch 7—Key Switch 11—Defroster, Heater, and Air 14—Patter Select Switch—If2—Start Aid Button—If 8—Air Suspension Seat Height Conditioner Switch—If Equipped (S.N. 919464—)

Equipped Adjustment Switch—If Equipped 15—Horn Button3—MFWD Switch—If Equipped Equipped 12—Temperature Control 16—Side Docking Lights4—Ride Control Switch and 9—Not Used (S.N. 910056— Knob—If Equipped Switch—If Equipped

Indicator—If Equipped 919463) 13—Blower Speed Knob—If 17—Rear Work Lights Switch5—Beacon Switch—If 9—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped

Equipped Equipped (S.N.919464—) 14—Rear Wiper Switch—If6—Quick Disconnect Switch— 10—Auxiliary Hydraulic Equipped (S.N. 910056—

If Equipped Function Switch and 919463)Indicator—If Equipped

1—Park Brake Switch: Push left half of switch toengage park brake. Push right half of switch todisengage park brake.

2—Start Aid Button—If Equipped: Press and holdbutton when engine is cold and cranking to injectstarting fluid into engine during cold weather start-up.

3—MFWD Switch—If Equipped: Push switch up toengage the MFWD axle. Push switch down todisengage the MFWD axle.

4—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If Equipped:Push upper half of switch to activate ride control.Switch will light when ride control is activated. Pushlower half of switch to deactivate ride control.

5—Beacon Switch—If Equipped: Push upper half ofswitch to turn beacon on. Push lower half of switch toturn beacon off.

2-1-5 012704

PN=30



HG31779,00002B2 –19–19MAY03–2/3

6—Quick Disconnect Switch—If Equipped: Pressand hold switch to release pins from front loaderbucket when changing buckets.

7—Key Switch

8—Air Suspension Seat Height AdjustmentSwitch—If Equipped:

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in positionbefore operating machine. A seat that isloose or not properly locked can cause lossof control of machine and injuries or death.

Push upper half of switch to increase air suspensionseat height and firmness of ride. Push lower half ofswitch to decrease air suspension seat height andfirmness of ride.

9—Not Used (S.N. 910056—919463)

9—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped (S.N. 919464—):

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,DO NOT operate wipers if blades arefrozen to windshield.

Push upper half of switch to turn rear windshield wiperon. Push lower half of switch to turn rear windshieldwiper off.

10—Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switch andIndicator—If Equipped: Push switch to activate anddeactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachments.The switch has three positions:

• Push upper half to activate auxiliary hydraulicfunction

• Push to middle position to transfer control to thebackhoe auxiliary function foot switch

• Push lower half to deactivate the auxiliary hydraulicfunction

11—Defroster, Heater, and Air ConditionerControls—If Equipped:

NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and airconditioner switch; and temperature controlknob must be adjusted as a group to obtainproper operation of the defroster, heater, or airconditioner.

The defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch hasthree positions:

• Push upper half to activate the defroster.• Push to middle position to activate the heater and

vent. Turn the temperature control knob clockwisetowards HOT for heated air, or counterclockwise toCOLD for unheated vent.

• Push lower half to activate the air conditioner.

NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperaturecontrol knob in a middle-to-cool position todehumidify air without overcooling.

12—Temperature Control Knob—If Equipped: Turnknob to adjust air temperature. Turn clockwise towardsHOT (red) for warmer air (best for heating anddefrosting). Turn counterclockwise towards COLD(blue) for cooler air (best for venting and airconditioning).

13—Blower Speed Knob—If Equipped: Turn knobclockwise to increase blower speed orcounterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blowerknob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.

14—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped (S.N. 910056—919463):


Push right half of switch to turn rear windshield wiperon. Push left half of switch to turn rear windshieldwiper off.

14—Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped (S.N.919464—):

2-1-6 012704

PN=31



HG31779,00002B2 –19–19MAY03–3/3

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movemement. Alwaysverify control response before operatingbackhoe.

Push backhoe symbol on switch to select backhoehydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch toselect excavator hydraulic pattern.

15—Horn Button: Press button to sound the horn.

16—Side Docking Lights Switch—If Equipped:Push right half of switch to turn side docking lights on.Push left half of switch to turn side docking lights off.

17—Rear Work Lights Switch: Push right half ofswitch to turn rear work lights on. Push left half ofswitch to turn rear work lights off.

2-1-7 012704

PN=32


HG31779,000007B –19–14MAY02–1/2

Controls—Steering Console

T13

1691

H–U

N–2

5JA

N02

1—Work and Drive Lights 2—Warning Lights Switch 4—Front Windshield Wiper 5—Turn Signal SwitchSwitch 3—Front Windshield Washer Switch—If Equipped

Switch—If Equipped

1—Work and Drive Lights Switch: Push switch tooperate work and drive lights, tail lights, and front worklights, if equipped. The switch has three positions:

• Push upper half to turn work and drive lights, taillights, and front work lights, if equipped, on.

• Push to middle position to turn work and drive lightsand tail lights on.

• Push lower half to turn work and drive lights, taillights, and front work lights, if equipped, off.

2—Warning Lights Switch: Push upper half ofswitch to turn amber turn signal or warning lights atfront and rear of cab on. When warning lights switch is“On”, warning lights indicator, left turn indicator, andright turn indicator will flash. Push lower half of switchto turn amber turn signal or warning lights at front andrear of cab off.

3—Front Windshield Washer Switch—If Equipped:Push upper half of switch to turn front windshieldwasher on. Push lower half of switch to turn frontwindshield washer off.

4—Front Windshield Wiper Switch—If Equipped:


Push switch to operate front windshield wiper. Theswitch has three positions:

• Push upper half to turn front windshield wiper to“Fast” position

• Push to middle to turn front windshield wiper on“Slow” position

2-1-8 012704

PN=33



HG31779,000007B –19–14MAY02–2/2

• Push lower half to turn front windshield wiper off

5—Turn Signal Switch: Push switch to signal turningdirection. The switch has three positions:

• Push left half to signal left turn. Left turn indicatorwill flash.

• Middle position is “Off”. Indicators will not flashunless warning lights switch is “On”.

• Push right half to signal right turn. Right turnindicator will flash.

Front amber turn signals or warning lights flashindividually to signal direction of turn when left or righthalf of turn signal switch is pushed. Front amber turnsignals or warning lights flash together when upperhalf of warning lights switch is pushed.

HG31779,00001BC –19–28JAN03–1/1

Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—IfEquipped

T16

3336

B–U

N–0

2JA

N03

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Always lock hydraulicswhen not operating backhoe.

Push upper half of switch (1) to “Unlock” position toenable pilot controls. Push lower half of switch to “Lock”position to disable pilot controls.

If the seat changes operating position or the engine isshut off, the pilot controls are automatically disabled. Toenable pilot controls, cycle switch to “Lock” position andback to “Unlocked” position.

HG31779,00002B3 –19–19MAY03–1/1

Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped (S.N.910056—919463)

T16

3958

B–U

N–1

4JA

N03

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Always verifycontrol response before operating backhoe.

Push backhoe symbol on switch (1) to select backhoehydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch toselect excavator hydraulic pattern.

2-1-9 012704

PN=34


CED,OUO1079,359 –19–12JUN00–1/1

Horn Button

T15

6907

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

A—Horn Button

Press the horn button (A) to sound the horn.

2-1-10 012704

PN=35


CED,OUO1079,361 –19–12JUN00–1/1

Defroster, Heater, and Air ConditionerControls—If Equipped

T15

6908

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

A—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner SwitchB—Blower Speed KnobC—Temperature Control Knob

NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air conditionerswitch; and temperature control knob must beadjusted as a group to obtain proper operation ofthe defroster, heater, or air conditioner.

Push the defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (A)to the appropriate setting. The defroster, heater, and airconditioner switch has three positions:

• Push lower half to activate the air conditioner. Adjustthe blower knob and temperature control knob asappropriate.

• Push to middle position to activate the heater and vent.Adjust the blower knob as appropriate. Turn thetemperature control knob clockwise towards HOT forheated air, or counterclockwise to COLD for unheatedvent.

• Push upper half to activate the defroster. Adjust theblower knob and temperature control knob asappropriate.

Turn temperature control knob (C) to adjust airtemperature. Turn clockwise towards HOT (red) forwarmer air (best for heating and defrosting). Turncounterclockwise towards COLD (blue) for cooler air (bestfor venting and air conditioning).

NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperaturecontrol knob in a middle-to-cool position todehumidify air without overcooling.

Turn blower knob (B) clockwise to increase blower speedor counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blowerknob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.

2-1-11 012704

PN=36


CED,OUO1079,381 –19–14JUN00–1/1

Side Windows—Secondary Exits

T13

5173

–UN

–07N

OV

00

Right Side Shown

T10

2093

–UN

–16A

UG

96

A—Handle (8 used)B—Fastening Knob (2 used)C—Socket (2 used)

The side windows and door windows can open 180°. Thedoor windows can be used as secondary exits.

To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.

Retain in open position against fixed window on sameside by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob untiltension is felt to prevent window from swinging duringoperation.

CED,OUO1079,378 –19–28JAN03–1/1

Rear Windows

T13

1781

B–U

N–0

7NO

V00

A—Upper Rear Window Latch (2 used)B—Middle Rear Window Latch (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement.

Squeeze upper rear window latches (A) and slide upperrear window up or down.

Squeeze middle rear window latches (B) and slide middlerear window up or down.

Ensure all rear window latches lock into detent positionson window frame.

Always lock hydraulics when not operating backhoe oropening/closing window.

2-1-12 012704

PN=37


CED,OUO1079,375 –19–29JAN03–1/2

Adjusting Seat

T12

5402

B–U

N–2

2OC

T99

1—Pivot Lever2—Height Adjustment Lever3—Forward and Aft Lever

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in positionbefore operating machine. A seat that is looseor not properly locked can cause loss of controlof machine and injuries or death.

Non-Suspension Seat

Lift pivot lever (1) up and pivot seat. Release pivot leverto lock seat in position.

Lift forward and aft lever (3) up and slide seat to desiredposition. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat inposition.

Lift height adjustment lever (2) up and adjust seat todesired height. Release height adjustment lever to lockseat in position.

Grease seat base guide rails as needed.


2-1-13 012704

PN=38


CED,OUO1079,375 –19–29JAN03–2/2

T13

1777

B–U

N–3

0AU

G00

Optional Cab Shown

A—Weight Adjustment KnobB—Back Tilt LeverC—Lumbar Support Adjustment Knob

Suspension Seat—If Equipped

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in positionbefore operating machine. A seat that is looseor not properly locked can cause loss of controlof machine and injuries or death.

NOTE: With weight adjustment knob turnedcounterclockwise (—) as far as it can go and withno weight on seat, the distance to the floor fromtop of seat is 48 cm (19 in.). With knob turnedclockwise (+) as far as it can go, the distance tofloor from top of seat is 53 cm (21 in.). Thedistances will decrease by 5 cm (2 in.) when an86 kg (190 lb) person sits on seat.

While NOT sitting on seat, turn weight adjustment knob(A) to change seat height and ride stiffness.

Lift back tilt lever (B) up and adjust backrest to desired tiltangle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.

Turn lumbar support adjustment knob (C) to positionlumbar support for operator’s preference.

2-1-14 012704

PN=39


TX,10,DH3548 –19–14JUN00–1/1

Seat Belt

T12

8685

–UN

–01M

AR

00

Seat belt and mounting hardware must be inspectedfor wear or damage before operating the machine.Replace the belt or mounting hardware if worn ordamaged.

Replace the complete seat belt assembly every threeyears regardless of appearance. A date label, todetermine the age of the belt, is attached to each belt.

CED,OUO1079,380 –19–14JUN00–1/1

Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped

T13

1783

B–U

N–1

9JU

N00

A—Steering Wheel Tilt LeverB—Steering Wheel

Lift steering wheel tilt lever (A) and tilt steering wheel (B)to operator’s preference. Release steering wheel tilt leverto lock steering wheel in position.

2-1-15 012704

PN=40

Operation—Operating The Machine

CED,OUO1079,468 –19–17JUL00–1/1

Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting

T13

2586

–UN

–18J

UL0

0

A—Loader Pivot PinsB—Engine Dipstick and Air CleanerC—Precleaner (If Equipped)D—Hydraulic Oil Level Sight TubeE—Operator’s StationF—Backhoe Pivot PinsG—Pedals and ControlsH—TiresI—Radiator Fins

Perform periodic service checks.

• Check and lubricate loader pivot pins (A).• Check engine oil level and air cleaner (B).• Check precleaner (C).• Check hydraulic oil level (D).• Clean operator’s station (E).• Check and lubricate backhoe pivot pins (F).• Check pedals and controls (G) for freedom of

movement.• Check inflation pressure of tires (H) and torque of wheel

hardware.• Clean radiator fins (I).

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wiresand loose or corroded connections.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or looseclamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rubagainst each other or other parts.

BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, brokenor missing parts and hardware.

LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,covers, seat belt, and reverse warning alarm.

FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.

PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.

SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all persons areclear from machine area.

2-2-1 012704

PN=41


CED,OUO1079,388 –19–27JAN04–1/2

Check Instruments Before Starting

T14

4866

–UN

–21A

UG

01

T11

2933

–19–

28JA

N98

1—Select Button2—Display Window3—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge4—Transmission and Torque Converter Oil

Temperature Gauge5—Fuel Level Gauge6—Hydraulic Oil Filter Indicator7—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator8—Seat Belt/Park Brake Indicator9—Alternator Voltage Indicator10—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator11—Check Service Code Indicator12—Stop Indicator

Turn key switch clockwise to “On”. (Do not start engine.)The following must occur:

• The audible alarm must sound twice.• All LCD segments in the display window (2) must light.• All gauges (3—5) must be backlit, and all gauge

needles must cycle from minimum (left) to center inapproximately one second.

2-2-2 012704

PN=42



CED,OUO1079,388 –19–27JAN04–2/2

• All indicators (6—12) must light for five seconds. Withthe engine not running the alternator voltage indicator(9) must remain lit after other indicators go out.

See Display Monitor Functions for descriptions ofindicators.

If any indicator fails to light, check the bulb. If bulb is goodbut indicator still fails to light, see your authorized dealer.

CED,OUO1079,391 –19–19JUN00–1/3

Starting the Engine

TS

177

–UN

–11J

AN

89

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death from arunaway machine. DO NOT start engine byshorting across starter terminals. Machine willstart in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.NEVER start engine while standing on ground.Start engine only from operator’s seat, withFNR lever in N “Neutral” and park brakeengaged.

1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.

2. Sound horn.

CED,OUO1079,391 –19–19JUN00–2/3

T13

1803

C–U

N–2

0JU

N00

A—FNR LeverB—Gearshift Lever (If Equipped)

NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positionsdescribed before starting engine.

3. With manual shift transmission: Move FNR lever (A)and gearshift lever (B) to N.

With powershift transmission: Move FNR lever/rangelever to N.

2-2-3 012704

PN=43



CED,OUO1079,391 –19–19JUN00–3/3

T15

6968

B–U

N–0

3JU

L02

T13

1729

D–U

N–2

5OC

T00

C—Park Brake SwitchD—Ride Control Switch—If EquippedE—Engine Speed Control LeverF—Key Switch

4. Push the left half of the park brake switch (C) toengage the park brake.

5. Push the lower half of the ride control switch (D), ifequipped, to deactivate ride control.

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, never startengine with engine speed control leverset at fast idle.

6. Move engine speed control lever (E) to 1/3 speed.

IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter motor for morethan 30 seconds at a time, or it may bedamaged. If engine does not start, waitat least 2 minutes before trying again.

7. Turn key switch (F) clockwise to “Start” and hold inposition until engine starts. Release key switch whenengine starts. If engine does not start after 30 seconds,turn key switch to “Off” and wait 2 minutes beforetrying again.

2-2-4 012704

PN=44


HG31779,0000087 –19–28JAN03–1/2

Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—IfEquipped

TS

281

–UN

–23A

UG

88T

1569

12B

–UN

–01J

UL0

2

A—Start Aid Button

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromexploding container. Starting fluid is highlyflammable. Keep container away from heat,sparks, and open flame. Contents arepressurized. Do not puncture or incineratecontainer. Remove can from machine if enginedoes not need starting fluid.

IMPORTANT: Remove container and install plug inbase to protect start aid componentsfrom dust.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use startingaid when temperatures are below 0°C(32°F) and only when engine is COLD.

USING START AID

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push and holdstart aid button only when engine iscold and cranking. Starting fluid isbeing injected into engine as long asthe start aid button is held.

NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowing2 minutes between cranking periods.

While cranking engine, push start aid button (A).


2-2-5 012704

PN=45


HG31779,0000087 –19–28JAN03–2/2

T15

5037

B–U

N–2

6JU

L02

B—ClampC—Start Aid CanD—Plug

REPLACING START AID CONTAINER

1. Close engine hood. Raise front loader boom and installloader boom service lock. See Loader Boom ServiceLock. (Section 3-2.)

2. Open engine hood. See Opening and Closing EngineHood. (Section 3-2.)

3. Loosen hose clamp (B).

4. Turn start aid container (C) counterclockwise toremove.

5. Remove safety cap from new container.

6. Turn container clockwise in starting aid base to install.

7. Tighten hose clamp.

8. Close engine hood.

OPERATING MACHINE WITHOUT START AIDCONTAINER INSTALLED

IMPORTANT: Protect start aid components frompossible damage. Install start aid plugin start aid base.

Remove container and install plug (D) in base.

2-2-6 012704

PN=46


CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–1/2

Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System

T65

08A

E1

–UN

–24O

CT

91

Single-Battery Application

T67

13A

I1–U

N–2

4OC

T91

Dual-Battery Application

A—Machine Battery(s) B—Booster Battery(s)

Before boost starting, machine must be properly shutdown and secured to prevent unexpected machinemovement when engine starts.

CAUTION: An explosive gas is producedwhile batteries are in use or being charged.Keep flames or sparks away from the batteryarea. Make sure the batteries are charged ina well ventilated area.

Always remove grounded (—) battery clampfirst and replace it last.

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a12-volt negative (—) ground. Useonly 12-volt booster batteries.

1. Connect one end of the positive cable to thepositive terminal of the machine batteries and theother end to the positive terminal of the boosterbatteries.

2. Connect one end of the negative cable to thenegative terminal of the booster batteries. Thenconnect other end of the negative cable to themachine frame as far away from the machinebatteries as possible.

3. Start engine.

2-2-7 012704

PN=47



CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–2/2

4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end ofthe negative cable from the machine frame anddisconnect the other end of the negative cable fromthe negative terminal of the booster batteries.

5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteriesand machine batteries.

TX,25,BD2080 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injuryfrom an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,grounded cord to connect heater to electricalpower.

Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours beforeyou start the engine.

TX,25,BD2082 –19–29JAN03–1/1

Warm-Up

IMPORTANT: To ensure proper lubrication, idleengine at 1/3 speed for 5 minutes.Extend period as necessary whenoperating at temperatures belowfreezing.

• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 5minutes.

IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engine andto use fuel in most efficient manner, donot allow machine to idle at low rpm.

• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.• Operate machine under light loads for first 5 minutes

once engine is warm.• Check instruments regularly.

2-2-8 012704

PN=48


TX,25,BG240 –19–29AUG97–1/1

Cold Weather Warm-Up

IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulicfunctions move slowly. Do notattempt machine operations untilhydraulic functions move atclose-to-normal cycle times.

In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming upperiod will be necessary.

Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions untilengine is thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow,and mud from machine before operation.

1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucketleveling tube due to cold oil, cyclebucket three times at hood heightbefore using under normaloperation.

2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucketfrom stop to stop three times.

3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distributewarmed oil until all functions operate freely.

2-2-9 012704

PN=49


CED,OUO1079,389 –19–19JUN00–1/2

Ride Control Operation—If Equipped

T15

6914

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

T13

1717

C–U

N–1

5JU

N00

A—Ride Control SwitchB—Ride Control Indicator

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom or bucket movement whenequipped with ride control. Ride controlaccumulator energy must be discharged whenworking on hydraulic components. Turn ignitionswitch “On”. Push ride control switch “On” andmove loader control lever to “Float” position.

Do not have the ride control switch “On” whenstarting the machine; the machine may move ifthe ride control switch is “On” and the machineis started.

Do not have ride control engaged whenoperating the loader; the ride control systemmay cause unexpected movement.

The ride control system has an accumulator and valve inthe loader circuit.

Operating Ride Control

Push upper half of ride control switch (A) to improvemachine ride and reduce tire flexing when traveling overrough terrain at a high speed with loaded bucket, or whentransporting with an empty bucket. The ride controlindicator (B) will remain lit while ride control is engaged.

If engine is stopped with ride control engaged, ride controlswitch will remain in the “On” position and ride control willbe engaged when the machine is restarted. Always pushlower half of ride control switch to disengage ride controlbefore starting the machine.

NOTE: With ride control engaged, the front end of themachine will not remain raised if lifted off theground with the front loader. The front end of themachine will drift back to the ground. To hold frontend up while using the backhoe, disengage ridecontrol.

Always deactivate ride control when operating hydraulicfunctions.

2-2-10 012704

PN=50



CED,OUO1079,389 –19–19JUN00–2/2

Discharging the Ride Control Circuit for Service

Discharge hydraulic pressure from the ride control systembefore performing maintenance. See Discharge RideControl System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section4-1.)

HG31779,00001BB –19–02JAN03–1/1

Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped

T16

2834

B–U

N–0

2JA

N03

1—Pilot Control Wrist Rests2—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch

1. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.

2. Use pilot control wrist rests (1) to pull right and left pilotcontrol towers towards operator.

3. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (2) to “Unlock”position to enable pilot controls.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Always lockhydraulics when not operating backhoe.

4. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to “Lock”position to disable pilot controls.

NOTE: Alarm will sound and monitor will display “Hoe”and “On” when pilot controls are enabled and seatis not in backhoe position.

If pilot controls are automatically disabled, cycleswitch to “Lock” position and back to “Unlock”position to enable pilot controls.

Discharge hydraulic pressure from the pilot control systembefore performing maintenance. See Discharge PilotControl System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section4-1.)

2-2-11 012704

PN=51


CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–1/4

Driving the Machine

T13

2020

B–U

N–0

5JU

L00

A—Brake Pedal Locking BarB—Left Brake PedalC—Right Brake Pedal

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Machine willturn in direction of brake pedal if only onebrake pedal is applied. Connect brake pedalstogether before traveling at high speed.

1. Engage brake pedal locking bar (A) to lock left andright brake pedals (B and C) together. Keep brakepedal locking bar engaged unless brakes are to beused to aid in turning.

CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chanceof injury from an accident such as an overturn.

2. Fasten seat belt.


2-2-12 012704

PN=52


CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–2/4

T13

1803

D–U

N–0

1AU

G00

Manual Shift Transmission Unit Shown

T15

6968

C–U

N–0

2JU

L02

T13

1729

E–U

N–2

5OC

T00

A—FNR LeverB—Gearshift LeverC—Clutch Disconnect ButtonD—Park Brake SwitchE—Ride Control Switch—If EquippedF—Engine Speed Control LeverG—Key Switch

3. Move engine speed control lever (F) to 1/3 speed andstart engine.

NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,and STOP indicator will light if FNR lever ismoved out of NEUTRAL while park brake isengaged. Disengage the park brake beforemoving the FNR lever out of “Neutral”.

If park brake is disengaged when engine isstopped, it automatically engages. If engine isthen started with right half of the park brakeswitch pushed, operator must push left half ofpark brake switch, then push left half of parkbrake switch to disengage park brake beforedriving machine.

4. Push right half of park brake switch (D) to disengagethe park brake.

5. Manual Shift Transmission: Push clutch disconnectbutton (C) to remove engine power from drive train andmove gearshift lever (B) to appropriate gear for travel.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Never rely onFNR lever and gearshift lever to keep machinefrom moving. Always engage park brake to holdmachine.

6. Use FNR lever (A) to change direction of travel. FNRlever can be operated without using the clutchdisconnect button.

• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.• Move FNR lever to F to travel forward and to R to

travel in reverse.• Move FNR lever to N when machine is not moving.

FNR lever will drop to a detented position when in“Neutral”.


2-2-13 012704

PN=53


CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–3/4

T13

2026

B–U

N–0

5JU

L00

Powershift Transmission Unit Shown

A—FNR/Range LeverB—Gear Range Pointer

7. Powershift Transmission: FNR/range lever alsoselects forward gear ranges 1, 2, 3, and 4 and reverseranges 1, 2, and 3. The fourth position in reverseprovides the same speed range as the third position.

• Rotate handle on FNR/range lever (A) to select gearposition.

• Gear position is indicated by the gear range pointer(B).

CED,OUO1079,398 –19–29JAN03–4/4

T13

2022

B–U

N–0

5JU

L00

H—Engine Speed Control Pedal

8. Vary travel speed when driving using engine speedcontrol pedal (H).

2-2-14 012704

PN=54


CED,OUO1079,406 –19–06JUL00–1/1

Operating Stabilizers

T13

1729

F–U

N–2

5OC

T00

310G, 310SG Shown

T10

2200

–UN

–24A

UG

96

310G, 310SG Shown

T10

5531

–UN

–03D

EC

96

315SG Shown

A—Left Stabilizer UpB—Left Stabilizer DownC—Right Stabilizer UpD—Right Stabilizer Down

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Stabilizersmust be set on a firm surface. Do not dig understabilizers. Be alert to possible machinemovement when raising stabilizers and loaderbucket.

Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift andlevel the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers fromraised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D).

Stabilizer feet on 310G, 310SG are reversible for use onpaved and unpaved surfaces. See Reversing StabilizerFeet—310G, 310SG. (Section 4-1.)

2-2-15 012704

PN=55


OUO1079,0000254 –19–16APR02–1/1

Operating Boom Lock—310G, 310SG

T13

1772

B–U

N–1

9JU

N00

T13

1758

C–U

N–1

5JU

N00

Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown

T16

2770

B–U

N–1

2DE

C02

Optional Pilot Controls Shown

A—Boom LockB—Boom Lock Control Lever

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,unlock boom before operating backhoe.

Disengaging the Boom Lock

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boomlock (A).

2. Pull boom lock control lever (B) toward operator todisengage boom lock from boom hooks (unlockedposition).

3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.Release boom lock control lever.

Engaging the Boom Lock

1. Pull boom lock control lever toward operator to raiseboom lock.

2. Raise boom against stops.

3. Release boom lock control lever to engage boom lockwith boom hooks (locked position).

4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever torelease hydraulic pressure and put tension on boomlock.

2-2-16 012704

PN=56


CED,OUO1079,410 –19–06JUL00–1/1

Operating Boom Lock—315SG

T13

5183

C–U

N–0

7NO

V00

T13

5453

B–U

N–1

0NO

V00

A—Boom LockB—Boom Lock Foot Switch

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,unlock boom before operating backhoe.

Disengaging the Boom Lock

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boomlock (A).

2. Push and hold boom lock foot switch (B) to disengageboom lock from boom hooks (unlocked position).

3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.Release boom lock foot switch.

Engaging the Boom Lock

1. Push and hold boom lock foot switch to raise boomlock.

2. Raise boom against stops.

3. Release boom lock foot switch to engage boom lockwith boom hooks (locked position).

4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever torelease hydraulic pressure and put tension on boomlock.

2-2-17 012704

PN=57


CED,OUO1079,418 –19–07JUL00–1/1

Operating Swing Lock

T13

2293

B–U

N–1

1JU

L00

310G, 310SG Shown

T13

1772

C–U

N–1

9JU

N00

310G, 310SG Shown

T10

5663

–UN

–11D

EC

96

315SG Shown

A—Swing Lock PinB—Swing Lock Mounting Hole (3 used on 315SG)

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,remove swing lock pin before operatingbackhoe.

NOTE: 315SG has three mounting holes for swing lockpin to allow boom to be locked in central positionor swung to the right or left.

Disengaging the Swing Lock

Remove swing lock pin (A) from swing lock mounting hole(B) and install pin in storage position in operator’s station.

Engaging the Swing Lock

Remove swing lock pin (A) from storage position inoperator’s station and install pin in swing lock mountinghole (B).

On 315SG, use left swing lock mounting hole when boomis side-shifted fully to the right; use right swing lockmounting hole when boom is side-shifted fully to the left.

2-2-18 012704

PN=58


CED,OUO1079,413 –19–07JUL00–1/1

Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two-LeverControls

T13

2032

B–U

N–1

1JU

L00

T13

2029

C–U

N–1

1JU

L00

A—Boom LowerB—Boom RaiseC—Boom Swing LeftD—Boom Swing RightE—Dipperstick RaiseF—Dipperstick LowerG—Bucket LoadH—Bucket Dump

CAUTION: Several control patterns are availablefor this backhoe. Always verify controlresponse before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury fromunexpected machine movement. DO NOToperate backhoe unless you are in theoperator’s seat in backhoe operation positionwith stabilizers down.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do notswing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operationposition, seat position sensor will sound anaudible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNRlever is moved to F or R.

A conversion kit for changing controls is available fromyour authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to othercontrols MUST be installed.

Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers asshown to maneuver backhoe components in desireddirections.

For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when movingand operate more than one component at a time.

2-2-19 012704

PN=59


CED,OUO1079,414 –19–07JUL00–1/1

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-LeverControls

T13

2033

B–U

N–1

1JU

L00

T13

2029

C–U

N–1

1JU

L00


CAUTION: Several control patterns are availablefor this backhoe. Always verify controlresponse before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury fromunexpected machine movement. DO NOToperate backhoe unless you are in theoperator’s seat in backhoe operation positionwith stabilizers down.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do notswing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operationposition, seat position sensor will sound anaudible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNRlever is moved to F or R.

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two-levercontrols to excavator two-lever controls is available fromyour authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to thecontrols MUST be installed.

Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers asshown to maneuver backhoe components in desireddirections.

For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when movingand operate more than one component at a time.

2-2-20 012704

PN=60


TX17994,000034D –19–02DEC02–1/1

Operating Backhoe—John Deere PilotControls

T16

2842

B–U

N–1

2DE

C02

T13

2029

C–U

N–1

1JU

L00


CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Always lockhydraulics when not operating backhoe. Neverplace any part of body beyond window frame. Itcould be crushed by the boom if boom controllever is accidently bumped or otherwiseengaged. Make sure you know the location andfunction of each control before operating.

Never place any part of the body beyond the windowframe. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.

The machine is factory equipped with the control patternshown.

NOTE: With this control pattern, functions mustcorrespond to the black-on-yellow labels locatedon the cab post.

When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. Themachine will remain positioned.

A control pattern switch can be installed inside the cab.See your authorized dealer for a control pattern selectorvalve kit. Installation instructions will be provided.

2-2-21 012704

PN=61


HG31779,00001C5 –19–13JAN03–1/1

Operating Backhoe—Excavator PilotControls

T16

3835

B–U

N–1

3JA

N03

T13

2029

C–U

N–1

1JU

L00A—Boom Lower

B—Boom RaiseC—Boom Swing LeftD—Boom Swing RightE—Dipperstick RaiseF—Dipperstick LowerG—Bucket LoadH—Bucket Dump

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Always lock hydraulicswhen not operating backhoe. Never place anypart of body beyond window frame. It could becrushed by the boom if boom control lever isaccidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.Make sure you know the location and functionof each control before operating.

Never place any part of the body beyond the windowframe. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.

NOTE: With this control pattern, functions mustcorrespond to the black-on-white labels located onthe cab post.

This pattern control is only available with the installation ofthe pattern selector valve kit.

When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. Themachine will remain positioned.

2-2-22 012704

PN=62


CED,OUO1079,417 –19–07JUL00–1/1

Side-Shifting the Backhoe Boom—315SG

T10

5534

–UN

–11D

EC

96T

1055

38–U

N–0

3DE

C96

Two-Lever Configuration Shown

T13

5183

B–U

N–0

7NO

V00

A—Sideshift Frame Lock SwitchB—Sideshift FrameC—Sideshift Rails

1. Lower stabilizers.

2. Swing the boom fully to its stop in opposite direction ofshift.

3. Lower bucket to ground so teeth hold firmly.

4. Push and hold sideshift frame lock switch (A) to unlocksideshift frame (B) and sideshift rails (C).

5. Operate boom and dipperstick levers to push sideshiftframe in desired direction.

6. Release sideshift frame lock switch to lock sideshiftframe and sideshift rails.

7. Fully extend boom lever or dipperstick lever and holdmomentarily, to ensure that sideshift frame andsideshift rails are locked together.

2-2-23 012704

PN=63


CED,OUO1079,419 –19–23JAN03–1/1

Operating Extendible Dipperstick—IfEquipped

T13

2032

C–U

N–1

1JU

L00


T16

2845

B–U

N–1

2DE

C02


T13

2029

D–U

N–1

1JU

L00

I—Extendible Dipperstick ExtendJ—Extendible Dipperstick Retract

Push extendible dipperstick control pedal with toe or heelto extend (I) or retract (J) the extendible dipperstick.

2-2-24 012704

PN=64


CED,OUO1079,412 –19–07JUL00–1/1

Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—IfEquipped

T13

1775

B–U

N–1

9JU

N00

A—Extendible Dipperstick Locking PinB—Storage PositionC—Locking Position

CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, alwaysinstall locking pin from ground.

Always lower backhoe to ground and stop engine beforeremoving or installing extendible dipperstick locking pin.

Disengaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock

1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dippersticklocking pin (A).

2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from lockingposition (C) and install extendible dipperstick lockingpin in storage position (B).

3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick lockingpin.

Engaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock

1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dippersticklocking pin.

2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from storageposition and install extendible dipperstick locking pin inlocking position.

3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick lockingpin.

2-2-25 012704

PN=65


HG31779,00001E0 –19–28JAN03–1/1

Operating Backhoe Auxiliary HydraulicFunctions—If Equipped

T15

6920

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

T13

1758

D–U

N–1

1JU

L00


T16

2835

B–U

N–1

3DE

C02


A—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function SwitchB—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot SwitchC—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Control

Pedal

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switches

Push the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function switch (A) toactivate and deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulicattachments. The backhoe auxiliary hydraulic functionswitch (A) has three positions:

• Push upper half to activate the backhoe auxiliaryhydraulic function.

• Push to middle position to transfer control to thebackhoe auxiliary hydraulic function foot switch.

• Push lower half to deactivate the backhoe auxiliaryhydraulic function.

When the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function switch is inthe middle position, push the backhoe auxiliary hydraulicfunction foot switch (B) to activate and deactivate backhoeauxiliary hydraulic attachments.

Push the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function switch “Off”when no attachment is installed, when changingattachments, or when installed attachments are not in use.

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switches

Operate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function control pedal(C) to control the attachment. See your backhoe auxiliaryhydraulic attachment operator’s manual for moreinformation.

2-2-26 012704

PN=66


CED,OUO1079,489 –19–20JUL00–1/1

Operating Loader

T13

1727

D–U

N–2

1JU

L00

Optional Three-Function Controls Shown

T13

2341

B–U

N–1

1JU

L00

A—Boom Lower and FloatB—Boom RaiseC—Bucket Roll-Back and Return-to-DigD—Bucket Dump

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Operate loaderfacing forward in the operator’s seat only.

IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loaderboom while the engine hood is open.Always close the engine hood fullybefore moving the front loader boom, orsevere damage to the engine hood willoccur. See Opening and Closing EngineHood. (Section 3-2.)

NOTE: Loader control lever will return to neutral ifreleased during normal loader operation.

Push lever in following directions for corresponding loadermovements:

NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Float” whenmoved fully forward (A). Loader control lever willstay in “Float” until it is manually moved.

NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Return-to-Dig”when bucket is dumped and lever is moved fullyleft (C). Lever will return to neutral when bucket isin dig position.

Loader control lever will give resistance whenboom is raised and lever is held in “BucketRoll-Back” (C). Lever will return to neutral whenbucket is self-leveled.

Use the “Float” and “Return-to-Dig” detents at the sametime to quickly position the front loader bucket for loading,as when driving into a pile of material. When front loaderboom and bucket are in correct position, the loader controllever will automatically release from “Return-to-Dig”detent, but will remain in “Float” detent.

For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desireddirection, run engine at fast idle, and move boom andbucket at same time.

2-2-27 012704

PN=67


CED,OUO1079,422 –19–07JUL00–1/1

Operating Differential Lock

T13

1721

C–U

N–1

1JU

L00

A—Differential Lock Switch

CAUTION: Prevent injury from loss of machinecontrol. DO NOT engage differential lock whendriving at high speed, or steering will belimited.

Prevent injury from unexpected machinemovement. When poor traction results in onerear tire spinning, slow the tire’s rotation beforeengaging differential lock.

Push and hold differential lock switch (A) to lock the reardifferential. When rear differential is locked, both rearwheels turn at the same speed.

Unequal traction will keep the rear differential locked. Ifthe differential lock foot switch is released, the differentiallock disengages automatically when traction evens out.Hold differential lock switch continuously to keep reardifferential locked when traction is even.

2-2-28 012704

PN=68


CED,OUO1079,390 –19–19JUN00–1/1

Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive(MFWD)—If Equipped

T15

6922

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

T13

1717

B–U

N–1

5JU

N00

A—MFWD SwitchB—MFWD Indicator

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage.Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)can be engaged and disengaged whiledriving, except in cases of unequaltraction. Machine must be stoppedbefore engaging MFWD during unequaltraction.

NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tirewear, operate MFWD only when needed.

To achieve best MFWD performance, be surefront tires are inflated to proper air pressure. SeeTire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

NOTE: It may take several seconds for MFWD to engageor disengage depending on the mechanicalgearing of the MFWD assembly.

Push MFWD switch (A) up to engage MFWD drive shaft.MFWD indicator (B) will remain lit while MFWD isengaged.

Push MFWD switch down to disengage MFWD.

2-2-29 012704

PN=69


TX,35,BG257 –19–29AUG97–1/1

Lifting

T10

5290

–UN

–17D

EC

96

Lifting With Front Loader

T10

5289

–UN

–20N

OV

96

Lifting With Backhoe

CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Nevermove load over person’s head. DO NOT allowany persons near the load. Keep all personsaway from raised load until blocks aresupporting it or load is sitting on the ground.

Make sure chain/sling is in good condition andis rated for load you are lifting.

1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling tobuckets at positions shown. Refer to Specificationssection for capacities of backhoe.

2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use longenough line to ensure that person holding it is a safedistance from load.

3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:

NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground50 mm (2 in.) and ensure machine is level. Ifground is soft, place boards or other wide supportunder stabilizer feet to increase stability.

a. Park machine close to load.

b. Attach load to chain/sling.

c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.

d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to oneside.

e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend itaway from machine.

If there is any indication of reduced stability of yourmachine, lower load to the ground and make necessaryadjustments so machine can successfully perform test. Donot lift load until machine can perform test at acceptablelevel.

2-2-30 012704

PN=70


HG31779,000001E –19–16APR02–1/2

Parking the Machine

T13

1803

C–U

N–2

0JU

N00

A—FNR LeverB—Gearshift Lever (If Equipped)

IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has beenoperating at working load, idle at 1/3speed for 1—2 minutes to cool hotparts. If engine stalls while operatingunder load, restart immediately and idleat 1/3 speed for 1—2 minutes beforestopping to allow coolant to continuecirculating through engine.

IMPORTANT: Turbocharger, if equipped, may bedamaged if engine is not properly shutdown.

1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Lower all equipment to ground.

3. With manual shift transmission: Move FNR lever (A)and gearshift lever (B) to N.

With powershift transmission: Move FNR lever to N.


2-2-31 012704

PN=71


HG31779,000001E –19–16APR02–2/2

T15

6968

B–U

N–0

3JU

L02

T13

1729

D–U

N–2

5OC

T00

C—Park Brake SwitchD—Ride Control Switch—If EquippedE—Engine Speed Control LeverF—Key Switch


4. Push left half of park brake switch (C) to engage parkbrake.

5. Move engine speed control lever (E) to 1/3 speed andrun engine with no load for 1—2 minutes.

6. Move engine speed control lever to slow idle.

7. Turn key switch (F) to “Off” to stop engine. Removekey from key switch.

8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control leversuntil equipment does not move.

2-2-32 012704

PN=72


HG31779,000007C –19–14MAY02–1/1

Loading Machine on a Trailer

1. Keep trailer bed clean. Put wheel chocks againsttrailer wheels.

2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strongenough, have a low angle, and correct height. Loadand unload machine on a level surface.

3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allowengine to run for several minutes.

4. Install the extendible dipperstick locking pin, ifequipped, and engage the backhoe swing lock.

5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerlineof machine over centerline of trailer.

6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.

7. Lower backhoe boom until bucket rests on trailerbed.

8. Stop engine.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic systemdamage. Fasten chains or cables tomachine at proper locations.

9. Fasten chains or cables from trailer to frametie-downs. Do not route chains or cables over oragainst hydraulic lines or hoses.

10. Fasten backhoe bucket to trailer with chains orcables to prevent movement during transport.

11. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape tokeep dust and rain out of pipe.

2-2-33 012704

PN=73


OUO1079,0000285 –19–19SEP00–1/3

Towing

IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.Damage to transmission may result. DONOT tow machine faster than 10 km/hr(6 mph) or any longer than one hour.

Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,use the following procedure:

1. Stop engine.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Block wheelsto prevent machine movement beforedisengaging park brake.

2. Block tires securely.

3. Attach towing machine and towed machine as closelytogether as possible with chains.

4. If your machine is equipped with mechanical frontwheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.

5. Move gearshift lever and FNR lever to N.

OUO1079,0000285 –19–19SEP00–2/3

T13

2861

B–U

N–2

5JU

L00

A—Cap Screw (4 used)B—Cab Floor Access Plate

6. Remove front half of rubber mat from floor ofoperator’s station. Remove cap screws (A) and cabfloor access plate (B).


2-2-34 012704

PN=74


OUO1079,0000285 –19–19SEP00–3/3

T13

2351

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T10

2655

–UN

–10S

EP

96

A—Park Brake Adjustment Cap Screw (2 used)B—Hex Nut (2 used)C—Specification

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brakeassembly from heat build-up, parkbrake must be manually disengaged.

7. Release park brake manually for towing. Loosen hexnuts (B) and turn both park brake adjustment capscrews (A) completely in.

8. Remove blocks from tires and tow machine.

9. When towing is completed, block tires and engagepark brake to hold machine. Turn both park brakeadjustment cap screws out to specification (C) asillustrated.

SpecificationPark Brake Adjustment CapScrew-to-Park Brake Housing—Distance 27 + 1 mm (1.06 + 0.04 in.).........................................................

10. Tighten hex nuts to lock cap screws in position.

11. Install central floor access plate and rubber floor mat.

12. Install front axle drive shaft, if removed.

2-2-35 012704

PN=75

Maintenance—Machine

DX,FUEL1 –19–24JAN00–1/1

Diesel Fuel

Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of thediesel fuel available in your area.

In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the lowtemperature requirements of the geographical area inwhich they are marketed.

Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 arerecommended.

In all cases, the fuel shall meet the followingproperties:

Cetane number of 40 minimum. Cetane numbergreater than 50 is preferred, especially fortemperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above1500 m (5000 ft).

Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below theexpected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature.

Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100 gramload level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test.

Sulfur content:

• Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfurcontent less than 0.05% is preferred.

• If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval forengine oil and filter by 50%.

• DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 1.0%.

Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the fuelproperties meet DIN 51606 or equivalent specification.

DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type oflubricant with diesel fuel.

TX,45,JC2126 –19–15AUG97–1/1

Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner

When possible, use existing fuel formulations for enginesused off-highway. This fuel will not require any additivesto provide good performance and engine reliability.However, many local fuel distributors will not carry bothlow and regular sulfur diesel fuels.

If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUELCONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties alongwith other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER isspecifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all otherdiesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flowand stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do not containthe lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injectionpumps.

3-1-1 012704

PN=76


DX,FUEL6 –19–06DEC00–1/1

Dieselscan Fuel Analysis

DIESELSCAN is a John Deere fuel sampling program tohelp you monitor the quality of your fuel source. It verifiesfuel type, cleanliness, water content, suitability for coldweather operation, and if fuel is within ASTMspecifications. Check with your John Deere dealer foravailability of DIESELSCAN kits.

DIESELSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company

DX,FUEL4 –19–18MAR96–1/1

Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fillthe fuel tank when engine is running.

DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank orservice the fuel system.

Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation toprevent condensation and freezing during coldweather.

IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through thefiller cap. If a new filler cap isrequired, always replace it with anoriginal vented cap.

When fuel is stored for an extended period or if thereis a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner tostabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation.Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.

3-1-2 012704

PN=77


DX,ALTER –19–15JUN00–1/1

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may requirelubricant recommendations different from those printed inthis manual.

Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may notbe available in your location.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information andrecommendations.

Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet theperformance requirements as shown in this manual.

The temperature limits and service intervals shown in thismanual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.

Re-refined base stock products may be used if thefinished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

DX,ENOIL4 –19–24JAN00–1/1

Diesel Engine Break-In Oil

New engines are filled at the factory with John DeereENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period,add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed tomaintain the specified oil level.

Change the oil and filter after the first 100 hours ofoperation of a new or rebuilt engine.

After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John DeereENGINE BREAK-IN OIL.

If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not available,use a diesel engine oil meeting one of the followingduring the first 100 hours of operation:

• API Service Classification CE

• ACEA Specification E1

After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50 orother diesel engine oil as recommended in thismanual.

IMPORTANT: Do not use PLUS-50 oil or engineoils meeting API CH-4, API CG4, APICF4, ACEA E3, or ACEA E2performance levels during the first100 hours of operation of a new orrebuilt engine. These oils will notallow the engine to break-inproperly.

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.

3-1-3 012704

PN=78


DX,ENOIL –19–05OCT01–1/1

Diesel Engine Oil

SA

E 1

0W-4

0

SA

E 1

5W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-3

0

SA

E 3

0

50˚C 122˚F

40˚C 104˚F

30˚C 86˚F

20˚C 68˚F

10˚C 50˚F

0˚C 32˚F

-10˚C 14˚F

-20˚C -4˚F

-30˚C -22˚F

-40˚C -40˚F

TS

1668

–UN

–05O

CT

01

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

The following oil is preferred:

• John Deere PLUS-50

The following oil is also recommended:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME

Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of thefollowing:

• API Service Classification CH-4• API Service Classification CG-4• API Service Classification CF-4• ACEA Specification E3• ACEA Specification E2

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used,reduce the service interval by 50%.

Extended service intervals may apply when John Deerepreferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deeredealer for more information.

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere &

Company

3-1-4 012704

PN=79


TX03679,0001837 –19–18JAN02–1/1

Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, andMechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil

TS

1660

–UN

–10O

CT

97

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere HY-GARD

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD

Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:

• John Deere Standard JDM J20C• John Deere Standard JDM J20D

Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid isrequired:

• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & CompanyBIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-5 012704

PN=80


DX,GREA1 –19–24JAN00–1/1

Grease

TS

1667

–UN

–30J

UN

99

Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and theexpected air temperature range during the service interval.

The following greases are preferred:

• John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE

The following greases are also recommended:

• John Deere HD MOLY GREASE• John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE• John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE• John Deere GREASE-GARD

Other greases may be used if they meet the following:

• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB

IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickener are notcompatible with others. Consult yourgrease supplier before mixing differenttypes of grease.

TX,45,BD1972 –19–24SEP96–1/1

Grease For Extendible Dipperstick, SideshiftFrame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips

SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP)performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent molybdenumdisulfide (preferred).

3-1-6 012704

PN=81


DX,COOL3 –19–18OCT01–1/1

Diesel Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system is filled to provideyear-round protection against corrosion and cylinderliner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C(-34°F).

John Deere COOL-GARD

The following engine coolant is preferred for service:

• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant

The following engine coolant is also recommended:

• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water.

John Deere COOL-GARD coolants do not require useof supplemental coolant additives, except for periodicreplenishment of additives during the drain interval.

Ethylene glycol base coolants

Other fully formulated low silicate ethylene orpropylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty enginesmay be used if they meet one of the followingspecifications:

• ASTM D6210 prediluted coolant• ASTM D6210 coolant concentrate in a 40 to 60%

mixture of concentrate with quality water

Coolants meeting ASTM D6210 do not require use ofsupplemental coolant additives, except for periodicreplenishment of additives during the drain interval.

Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants forheavy-duty engines may also be used if they meet oneof the following specifications:



Coolants meeting ASTM D5345 or ASTM D4985require an initial charge of supplemental coolant

additives, formulated for protection of heavy dutydiesel engines against corrosion and cylinder linererosion and pitting. They also require periodicreplenishment of additives during the drain interval.

Propylene glycol base coolants

Fully formulated low silicate propylene glycol basecoolants for heavy-duty engines may be used if theymeet one of the following specifications:



Coolants meeting ASTM D6211 do not require use ofsupplemental coolant additives, except for periodicreplenishment during the drain interval.

Freeze protection

A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant inwater provides freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F).

A 50% mixture of propylene glycol engine coolant inwater provides freeze protection to -33°C (-27°F).

If protection at lower temperatures is required, consultyour John Deere dealer for recommendations.

Water quality

Water quality is important to the performance of thecooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralizedwater is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycoland propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.

IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealingadditives or antifreeze that containssealing additives.

IMPORTANT: Do not mix ethylene glycol andpropylene glycol base coolants.

3-1-7 012704

PN=82

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

CED,OUO1079,418 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals

T13

2353

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Periodic Maintenance ChartB—Greasing Maintenance Chart

Lubricate and make service checks and adjustments atintervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart (A),greasing maintenance chart (B), and in the maintenancesections.

Perform service on items at multiples of the originalrequirement. For example, at 500 hours also service thoseitems (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours,and 10 hours or daily.

Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are fornormal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions,service at shorter intervals.

CED,OUO1079,386 –19–16JUN00–1/1

Check Hour Meter Regularly

SELECT

n/min

1

T15

5245

–UN

–29M

AY

021—Hour Meter

Check hour meter (1) to determine when your machineneeds periodic maintenance.

3-2-1 012704

PN=83


CED,OUO1079,419 –19–18JAN02–1/1

Prepare Machine for Maintenance

IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste canthreaten the environment andecology. Potentially harmful wasteused with John Deere equipmentincludes such items as oil, fuel,coolant, brake fluid, filters, andbatteries. Do not pour waste ontothe ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.

Before performing procedures in the maintenancechapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, parkthe machine, and release hydraulic pressure.

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or deathfrom unexpected machine movement.Always install the loader boom service lock,

or lower the front loader boom fully to theground, and move control levers to releasehydraulic pressure before working near thefront of the machine. See Loader BoomService Lock in this section for installationinstructions.

Raise the front loader boom and install the loaderboom service lock before performing maintenance inthe engine compartment. See Loader Boom ServiceLock in this section.

If the machine is equipped with ride control, dischargehydraulic pressure from the ride control system beforeperforming maintenance. See Discharge Ride ControlSystem Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section4-1.)

HG31779,000007D –19–14MAY02–1/1

Loader Boom Service Lock

Install loader boom service lock when front loadermust be raised for service procedures.

IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loaderboom while the engine hood is open.Always close the engine hood fullybefore moving the front loaderboom, or severe damage to theengine hood will occur.

Installing the Loader Boom Service Lock


2. Empty loader bucket and move bucket to dumpposition.

3. Raise boom until loader boom service lock can fitover cylinder rod.

4. Stop engine.

5. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin, and lowerloader boom service lock onto cylinder rod.

6. Install retaining pin and cotter pin to attach loaderboom service lock on cylinder rod.

7. Slowly lower boom until its weight settles onto theloader boom service lock.

Removing the Loader Boom Service Lock


2. Start engine and raise boom slightly to allowclearance between loader boom service lock andcylinder.

3. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin.

4. Lift loader boom service lock to storage position,and install retaining pin and cotter pin to retain.

3-2-2 012704

PN=84


HG31779,000007E –19–14MAY02–1/1

Opening and Closing Engine Hood

T15

8496

B–U

N–2

4OC

T02

1—Hood Tilt Latch

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Always installthe loader boom service lock, or lower the frontloader boom fully to the ground, and movecontrol levers to release hydraulic pressurebefore working near the front of the machine.

IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower front loader boomwhile the engine hood is open. Alwaysclose engine hood fully before movingfront loader boom, or severe damage tohood will occur.

NOTE: The engine hood can be partially opened whenthe front loader boom is lowered fully to theground. To fully open the engine hood, the frontloader boom must be fully raised and the loaderboom service lock must be installed.

Push hood tilt latch (1) and lift hood to open.

OUO1079,000028C –19–22SEP00–1/1

Fuel Tank

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine ishot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DONOT smoke while you fill fuel tank or work onfuel system.

To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of eachday’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.

SpecificationFuel Tank—Capacity 136 L (36 gal)...........................................................

3-2-3 012704

PN=85


TX,50,FF2898 –19–16NOV00–1/1

Maintenance And Repair Record KeepingSystem

T75

11C

O–U

N–2

7JU

N91

The checklist in this section summarizes scheduledmaintenance, and parts and oil required at eachmaintenance interval.

Use the checklist to:

• Remind you to perform machine maintenance atspecified intervals to minimize downtime.

• Calculate cost of machine operation and ownershipallowing you to make better job estimates.

• Place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.• Satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.

As maintenance is performed, check off each item on thelist and record date and hour meter reading.

Do not tear out or mark on checklist in this section; keep itto make extra copies.

3-2-4 012704

PN=86


CED,OUO1040,114 –19–10JUL00–1/1

OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS, DIESELSCAN, and 3-Way Coolant Test Kit

T11

1411

–UN

–16S

EP

97OILSCAN PLUS

T11

1410

–UN

–16S

EP

97

3-Way Coolant Test Kit

OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS, DIESELSCAN,and 3-Way Coolant Test Kits are John Deere fluidsampling products to help you monitor machineperformance and system condition. The objective of afluid sampling program is to insure machine availabilitywhen you need it and to reduce repair costs byidentifying potential problems before they becomecritical.

Oil and coolant samples should be taken from eachsystem on a periodic basis, usually prior to a filterand/or fluid change interval. Certain systems requiremore frequent sampling. Consult your John Deeredealer on a maintenance program for your specificapplication. Your dealer has the sampling products andexpertise to assist you in lowering your overalloperating costs through fluid sampling.

OILSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & CompanyCOOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-2-5 012704

PN=87


HG31779,000007F –19–14MAY02–1/2

Service Intervals

SERVICE INTERVALSService your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.

As Required

• Check loader and backhoe boom locks • Clean air cleaner dust unloader valve• Inspect tires and check pressure • Inspect belt• Check wheel fasteners • Grease MFWD drive shaft spline (if equipped)• Clean or replace cab fresh air and recirculation filters (if equipped) • Grease side shift frame - 315SG• Inspect and clean hydraulic reservoir fill screen • Grease stabilizer leg wear strips - 315SG• Drain water and sediment from fuel tank • Grease extendible dipperstick (if equipped)

• Grease non-powered front wheel bearings (if equipped)

Every 10 Hours or Daily

• Check hydraulic reservoir oil level • Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends• Check engine oil level • Grease backhoe pivot points• Check coolant level • Grease front axle and steering cylinder pivots• Grease loader pivot points • Grease MFWD front axle U-joints (if equipped)• Grease stabilizers and pivots

After First 100 Hours

• Change engine break-in oil and replace filter • Replace transmission oil filter


3-2-6 012704

PN=88


HG31779,000007F –19–14MAY02–2/2

Model: 310G, 310SG, and 315SG Customer:PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:

OIL SAMPLINGOil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating informationyou supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.

Every 250 Hours

❒ Check MFWD planetary housing oil level (if equipped) ❒ Check rear axle oil level❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level (if equipped) ❒ Check transmission oil level❒ Check battery electrolyte level and terminals

Comments:

Date: Hour Meter Reading:Maintenance Performed By:

Every 500 Hours

❒ Check coolant conditioner ❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather❒ Check air intake hose ❒ Drain and refill engine oil and replace engine oil filter❒ Replace hydraulic oil filter ❒ Replace final fuel filter❒ Check boom-to-dipperstick pivot pin bolt torque

Comments:


Every 1000 Hours

❒ Clean, pack, and adjust non-power front wheel bearings (ifequipped) ❒ Replace pilot control filter (if equipped)❒ Drain and refill MFWD planetary housing oil (if equipped) ❒ Check engine speed❒ Drain and refill MFWD front axle housing oil (if equipped) ❒ Drain and refill hydraulic reservoir oil❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube ❒ Drain and refill transmission and torque converter oil❒ Replace transmission oil filter ❒ Replace engine air filter elements❒ Drain and refill rear axle oil

Comments:


Every 2000 Hours

❒ Adjust engine valve lashComments:


3-2-7 012704

PN=89


HG31779,00001B2 –19–04DEC02–1/1

Required Parts

REQUIRED PARTSEnsure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associatedparts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.

ASI 250 500 1000 2000Description Part Number Hours Hours Hours HoursEngine Oil Filter RE504836 1 1 1 1Hydraulic Oil Filter AT189924 1 1 1Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter AT101565 1 1 1Final Fuel Filter RE509031 1 1 1Transmission Filter AT179323 1 1 1Air Filter (Primary) AT171853 1 1Air Filter (Secondary) AT171854 1 1Pilot Control Filter AT183869 1 1Cab Fresh Air Filter AT191102 As NeededCab Recirculation Filter AT184590 As NeededCoolant Conditioner (As Needed) TY16004 As Needed

PLUS-50 Oil:Turbocharged TY6389 13 L (13.7 qt) 13 L (13.7 qt) 13 L (13.7 qt) 13 L (13.7 qt)Naturally Aspirated (310G Only) TY6389 7.5 L (7.9 qt) 7.5 L (7.9 qt) 7.5 L (7.9 qt) 7.5 L (7.9 qt)HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic Oil:

Transmission TY6354 gal 15 L (16 qt) 15 L (16 qt)Hydraulic System TY6354 gal 37 L (39 qt) 37 L (39 qt)MFWD TY6354 gal 6.5 L (8.0 qt) 6.5 L (8.0 qt)Rear Axle TY6354 gal 16 L (17 qt) 16 L (17 qt)

OILSCAN PLUS Kits:Diesel Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1Transmission Oil and AT178844 2 2 2Gearbox/AxleHydraulic Oil Tank AT178844 1 1 1

3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit TY16175 1 1 1COOLSCAN PLUS Kit (Ten samples AT183016 1 1per kit)Dieselscan AT180344 1 1 1Diesel Fuel Analysis (Six samples perkit)

3-2-8 012704

PN=90

Maintenance—As Required

CED,OUO1079,579 –19–24AUG00–1/1

Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock

T13

1855

C–U

N–0

7NO

V00

A—Loader Boom Service Lock

1. Inspect loader boom service lock (A), cotter pin, andretaining pin to ensure that all are in good condition.

2. Verify that warning decal is in place.

3. See your authorized dealer for replacement parts.

OUO1079,000025A –19–16APR02–1/1

Check and Adjust Boom Lock-310G, 310SG

T10

5667

–UN

–11D

EC

96

Right Side Shown

A—Stop (4 used)B—Pin (2 used)C—Yoke (2 used)D—Jam Nut (2 used)E—Post (2 used)

Checking Boom Lock Operation

1. Operate the boom lock lever repeatedly to verify properoperation. See Operating Boom Lock. (Section 2-2.)

2. If boom lock is out of adjustment, adjust per procedure.

Adjusting the Boom Lock

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock, adjust lock soit is able to pass through full range ofmotion. Lock must go down to post (E)and up to stops (A).

Perform the following adjustment for both the left and rightboom locks:

NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.

1. Operate the machine and engage the boom lock. Stopthe engine.

2. Remove pin (B) from boom lock.

3. Adjust position of yoke (C) so when the boom lockcontrol lever is at rest, yoke is aligned with pinmounting hole.

4. Tighten jam nut (D) to hold yoke in adjusted position.

5. Install pin.

6. Check boom lock operation per procedure to verifyproper operation.

3-3-1 012704

PN=91


TX,55,BD2138 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Check Tire Pressure

TS

211

–UN

–23A

UG

88

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire andrim parts can cause serious injury or death.

Only attempt to mount a tire if you have theproper equipment and experience to performthe job. Have it done by your John Deere dealeror a qualified repair service.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DONOT inflate the tires above the recommendedpressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tireor rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat fromwelding could cause an increase in pressureand may result in a tire explosion.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck andextension hose long enough to allow you tostand to one side and NOT in front of or overthe tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operatewith low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damagedrims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.

Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquidballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure withvalve stem at bottom.

When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valvestem and stand to front or rear of tire.

3-3-2 012704

PN=92


OUO1079,00002BD –19–24OCT00–1/1

Tire Inflation Pressures

NOTE: Shipping pressure may not be the same asoperating pressure. You may change tirepressures to suit working condition according totire manufacturer’s recommendations.

Item Measurement Specification

Front Tires

11L-15 8PR F3 (310G, 310SG Pressure 306 kPa (3.0 bar) (44 psi)only)

11L-16 12PR F3 Pressure 441 kPa (4.4 bar) (64 psi)

12.5/80-18 10 PR (MFWD) Pressure 414 kPa (4.1 bar) (60 psi)

Rear Tires

16.9-24 8PR R4 (310SG only) Pressure 193 kPa (1.9 bar) (28 psi)

16.9-28 10PR R6 (315SG only) Pressure 193 kPa (1.9 bar) (28 psi)

19.5-24 8PR R4 Pressure 165 kPa (1.7 bar) (24 psi)

19.5L-24 8PR R4 Pressure 165 kPa (1.7 bar) (24 psi)

3-3-3 012704

PN=93


TX,90,DH1383 –19–16APR02–1/1

Check Wheel Fasteners

T60

00A

U–U

N–1

8OC

T88

Standard Front Axle Shown

T87

507

–UN

–21O

CT

88

Rear Axle Shown

NOTE: Tighten wheel cap screws after first 50-100 hoursof loaded operation after replacing or installing anew wheel. After that, tighten as required.

Tighten wheel cap screws and fasteners.


Standard Front Axle Cap Screw Torque 122 ± 24 N•m (90 ± 18 lb-ft)

MFWD Front Axle Cap Screw Torque 342 ± 68 N•m (252 ± 50 lb-ft)

Rear Axle Cap Screw Torque 495 ± 99 N•m (365 ± 73 lb-ft)

3-3-4 012704

PN=94


CED,OUO1079,492 –19–24JUL00–1/2

Clean Cab Air Filters

T13

2588

B–U

N–1

8JU

L00

A—LatchB—Fresh Air Filter Cover

Cab Fresh Air Filter

1. Open latch (A) on inside of right-side window frame.

2. Remove fresh air filter cover (B) and fresh air filter.

3. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.

4. Install filter and filter cover.

5. Close latch.

CED,OUO1079,492 –19–24JUL00–2/2

T13

2838

B–U

N–2

4JU

L00

C—Cab Recirculating Air Filter Cover

Cab Recirculating Air Filter

1. Remove cab recirculating air filter cover (C) and cabrecirculating air filter.

2. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.

3. Install filter and filter cover.

Cleaning Cab Air Filters

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using forcleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,guard against flying debris, and wear personalprotection equipment, including eye protection.

IMPORTANT: Always replace damaged air filters.

Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:

• Direct compressed air through filter(s), opposite normalair flow.

• Tap filter(s) on a flat surface with dirty side down.• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s) dry

before reinstalling.

3-3-5 012704

PN=95


CED,OUO1079,423 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir FillScreen

T13

1716

C–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap

1. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (A) from fill tube.

2. Remove retaining clip and hydraulic reservoir fill screenfrom fill tube.

3. Inspect hydraulic reservoir fill screen and clean asnecessary.

4. Install hydraulic reservoir fill screen and retaining clip infill tube.

5. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap in fill tube.

CED,OUO1079,421 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment

T13

2358

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Sediment Drain Plug

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine ishot or running, DO NOT drain fuel tank. DONOT smoke while you drain fuel tank or workon fuel system.

NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Loosen sediment drain plug (A) on front of fuel tankand allow fuel to flow for several seconds.

2. Tighten plug securely to stop fuel flow.

3-3-6 012704

PN=96


CED,OUO1079,581 –19–31AUG00–1/1

Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust UnloaderValve

T15

5826

B–U

N–0

7JU

N02

A—Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve

IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged, or hardened dustunloader valve will make dust cupprecleaner ineffective, causing veryshort element life. Valve should suckclosed above 1/3 engine speed.

Squeeze engine air cleaner dust unloader valve (A) toremove dust from air cleaner.

If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze dust valveevery couple of hours of operation to release dust.

3-3-7 012704

PN=97


HG31779,00000FB –19–12SEP02–1/1

Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements

T15

9080

B–U

N–0

4SE

P02

T15

9081

B–U

N–0

4SE

P02

T15

9082

B–U

N–0

4SE

P02

1—Clips (3 used)2—Primary Element3—Secondary Element

1. Open engine hood.

2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).

3. Remove primary element (2).

IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may causeengine damage.

Install a new primary element:

1. If the element shows damage.2. If element will not clean.3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

Install a new secondary element (3):

1. If the primary element is damagedand needs to be replaced.

2. If the element is visibly dirty.3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

DO NOT clean a secondary element.Install a new element carefully centeringit in the canister.

4. Inspect element and gasket for damage.

5. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if anelement has a break or is not correctly sealed in aircleaner housing. Throw away element that has theslightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, installa new element.

6. If air filter restriction indicator is lit, replace filterelements.

3-3-8 012704

PN=98


CED,OUO1079,420 –19–10JUL00–1/1

Inspect Belt

T13

2357

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00A—Serpentine Belt

Inspect serpentine belt (A) for wear and damage. Seeyour authorized dealer for replacement.

CED,TX03768,2667 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—IfEquipped

T12

5640

B–U

N–0

8NO

V99

1—Lubrication Fitting

IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used inmud.

Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

CED,OUO1079,424 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Sideshift Rails—315SG

T13

5183

D–U

N–0

7NO

V00

2 Places


1. Clean rails as necessary.

2. Lubricate contact area on rails. See Grease ForExtendible Dipperstick, Sideshift Frame, And StabilizerLeg Wear Strips. (Section 3-1.)

3-3-9 012704

PN=99


CED,OUO1079,425 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips—315SG

T10

5548

–UN

–04D

EC

96

2 places—Right Side Shown


Fully extend stabilizers and apply grease to each stabilizerleg. See Grease For Extendible Dipperstick, SideshiftFrame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips. (Section 3-1.)

CED,OUO1079,435 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Extendible Dipperstick Side Rails—IfEquipped

T13

2378

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00


NOTE: Avoid excessive grease on dipperstick. A thin filmprovides adequate lubrication.

Lower backhoe to ground with full extension. Apply greaseto side rails as necessary. See Grease For ExtendibleDipperstick, Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg WearStrips. (Section 3-1.)

3-3-10 012704

PN=100


HG31779,00000FA –19–12SEP02–1/1

Grease Extendable Dipperstick Backhoes—If Equipped

T13

2377

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

1 Point

T13

2376

C–U

N–1

3JU

L00

3 Points

Lubricate extendable dipperstick with a low pressuregrease gun with extendable dipperstick fully retracted.

See Grease For Extendable Dipperstick, SideshiftFrame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips. (Section 3-1.)

HG31779,00001F2 –19–24FEB03–1/1

Grease Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered(S.N.—911129)

T60

00A

K–U

N–1

8OC

T88


1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.

2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes ofgrease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.

3-3-11 012704

PN=101


TX,55,BD2143 –19–23JAN03–1/1

Grease Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered(S.N. 911130—)

T16

4479

B–U

N–2

7JA

N03


1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.

2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes ofgrease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.

3-3-12 012704

PN=102

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

CED,OUO1079,439 –19–02JAN03–1/2

Checking Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level

T16

3385

B–U

N–0

2JA

N03

1—Sight Glass

NOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked ona level surface. Check before starting engine, withbackhoe and stabilizers in transport position, andfront loader bucket lowered to ground.

Check when oil is cool.

Sight glass decal has a scale for proper level ofoil.

1. Stop engine. Allow time for hydraulic oil to cool.

2. Check oil level in sight glass (1). Oil level should be inmid-range of decal.

CED,OUO1079,439 –19–02JAN03–2/2

T13

1716

D–U

N–1

3JU

L00

B—Fill Cap

Adding Oil to the Hydraulic Reservoir

1. If oil is below operating range in ADD range, removefill cap (B) and add oil.

2. Install fill cap.

3-4-1 012704

PN=103


OUO1079,00002CB –19–03NOV00–1/1

Check Engine Oil Level

T13

2362

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

RG

5421

–UN

–15D

EC

88

A—Engine Oil DipstickB—Engine Oil Fill CapC—Cross-Hatched Area

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. DONOT run engine when oil level is belowthe ADD mark.

The most accurate oil level reading is obtained whenengine is cold before operation.

1. Park machine on a level surface. Engage park brake.

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Always installthe loader boom service lock, or lower the frontloader boom fully to the ground, and movecontrol levers to release hydraulic pressurebefore working near the front of the machine.

2. Raise front loader boom and install loader boomservice lock.

3. Stop engine.

4. Fully open engine hood.

5. Remove engine oil dipstick (A) and check oil level.

BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is fullwhen oil level is within cross-hatched area (C). It isacceptable to run engine as long as oil level is abovethe ADD mark.

AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil todrain into oil pan for ten minutes before checking theoil level. Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level must beabove the ADD mark.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (B) and add oil asnecessary. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)

7. Check oil level and add oil as necessary.


3-4-2 012704

PN=104


HG31779,0000086 –19–17MAY02–1/1

Check Coolant Level

TS

281

–UN

–23A

UG

88T

1550

34C

–UN

–20J

UN

02

A—Coolant Recovery TankB—Radiator Cap

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying coolant. Remove radiator cap onlywhen cool enough to touch with bare hands.Then loosen cap slowly to stop so pressure isreleased from system before removing cap.

1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between HOTand COLD marks on coolant recovery tank (A).

2. If coolant is below COLD mark, add coolant torecovery tank.

NOTE: If recovery tank is full and radiator is low, checkfor leaks on radiator and hose connections.

3. If recovery tank is empty, check for leaks and repair asnecessary. Add coolant at radiator cap (B) andrecovery tank. See Diesel Engine Coolant. (Section3-1.) Coolant level in radiator must be at bottom of fillerneck.

3-4-3 012704

PN=105


OUO1079,00002C8 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Loader Pivots

T13

4784

C–U

N–2

4OC

T00

6 points—Right Side Shown

T13

2371

B–U

N–0

7NO

V00

9 points

T13

2372

B–U

N–1

2SE

P00

2 Points—Left Side Shown

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3-4-4 012704

PN=106


CED,OUO1079,581 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped

T13

2372

C–U

N–1

2SE

P00


Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

OUO1079,000025C –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins

T13

2374

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

4 points—Left Side Shown

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3-4-5 012704

PN=107


OUO1079,000025D –19–16APR02–1/2

Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and Cylinder Rod Ends

T13

1781

C–U

N–0

7NO

V00

3 Points—Optional Cab Shown

T13

2381

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

3 points

T13

2375

B–U

N–1

8JU

L00

11 points—Right Side Shown

T13

2376

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

8 Points—Right Side Shown

All Backhoes

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3-4-6 012704

PN=108



OUO1079,000025D –19–16APR02–2/2

T13

2377

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

1 Point

T13

2376

C–U

N–1

3JU

L00

3 Points

Extendible Dipperstick Backhoes—If Equipped

Lubricate extendible dipperstick with a low pressuregrease gun. See Grease For Extendible Dipperstick,

Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips.(Section 3-1.)

3-4-7 012704

PN=109


CED,OUO1079,491 –19–16APR02–1/1

Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and Steering Pivots (S.N.—911129)

T13

5178

B–U

N–0

7NO

V00


T13

5179

B–U

N–0

7NO

V00

4 Points—Right Side Shown

T13

5180

B–U

N–0

7NO

V00

Apply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots untilit escapes from joints.

Apply 2 pumps of grease to each lubrication fitting on rightside of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.

See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3-4-8 012704

PN=110


HG31779,00001B7 –19–20DEC02–1/1

Grease Non-Powered Front Axle andSteering Pivots (S.N. 911130—)

T16

3182

B–U

N–2

0DE

C02


T16

3176

B–U

N–2

0DE

C02

2 Points

Apply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots untilit escapes from joints.

Apply 2 pumps of grease to each lubrication fitting on rightside of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.


3-4-9 012704

PN=111


HG31779,00001DA –19–24JAN03–1/1

Grease MFWD Front Axle and UniversalJoints—If Equipped

T13

2373

C–U

N–1

7SE

P02


Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint.


3-4-10 012704

PN=112

Maintenance—After First 100 Hours

HG31779,0000014 –19–24JAN03–1/2

Change Engine Break-In Oil And ReplaceFilter

T13

2447

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T13

2362

C–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Engine Oil Drain PlugB—Engine Oil FilterC—Engine Oil Fill Cap

NOTE: Change after first 100 hours and then every 500hours.


1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a levelsurface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.

2. Remove engine oil drain plug (A). Allow oil to drain intoa container.

3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (B)counterclockwise and remove from base. Cleanmounting surfaces of base as necessary. Dispose ofwaste oil properly.

4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new engine oilfilter, and install by turning new filter clockwise by handuntil gasket touches mounting surface. Torque anadditional 1/2—3/4 turn with filter wrench.

5. Install engine oil drain plug.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (C) and fill engine with oil tospecification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)

Engine Oil—SpecificationTurbocharged—Capacity 13 L (13.7 qt)......................................................Naturally Aspirated—310GOnly—Capacity 7.5 L (7.9 qt)......................................................................


3-5-1 012704

PN=113

Maintenance—After First 100 Hours

HG31779,0000014 –19–24JAN03–2/2

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filterchange, crank engine for ten secondswithout starting to fill new engine oilfilter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,if equipped.

7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Checkfor leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten asnecessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine OilLevel. (Section 3-4.)

CED,OUO1079,448 –19–12JUL00–1/1

Replace Transmission Oil Filter

T13

2445

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T13

2362

E–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Transmission Oil FilterB—Transmission Dipstick

1. Turn transmission oil filter (A) counterclockwise andremove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oilfilter. Install new transmission oil filter. Turn clockwiseuntil sealing ring touches mounting surface, thentighten an additional 3/4 to one turn with a suitablefilter wrench.

3. Start engine and run for three minutes to allow filterelement to refill and purge air from charge circuit.

4. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmissiondipstick (B). Check transmission oil level and add oilthrough dipstick tube as necessary.

5. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter justenough to stop leaks.

3-5-2 012704

PN=114

Maintenance—Every 250 Hours

TX,75,BD2157 –19–17JUL00–1/1

Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—IfEquipped

T10

5325

–UN

–21N

OV

96

A—MFWD Planetary Housing Oil Fill PlugB—Oil Level Line

1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontaland fill plug (A) is above line as shown.

NOTE: MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at thefactory. If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fillto proper level.

2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom ofplug hole.

3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. See Transmission,Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel DriveOil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install plug.

5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.

TX,75,BD2152 –19–06MAY98–1/1

Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped

T10

2819

–UN

–22A

UG

96

A—Plug

1. Remove plug (A) to check oil level. Oil should be filledto bottom of plug.

NOTE: MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at thefactory. If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fillto proper level.

2. Add oil as necessary through plug hole. SeeTransmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical FrontWheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

3. Install plug.

3-6-1 012704

PN=115


TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–1/3

Check Battery Electrolyte Level andTerminals

TS

203

–UN

–23A

UG

88

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keepsparks and flames away from batteries. Use aflashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

NEVER check battery charge by placing a metalobject across the posts. Use a voltmeter orhydrometer.

ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes inclothing, and cause blindness if splashed intoeyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is

added.4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize

the acid.3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30

minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do

not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).3. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Remove battery box cover.

3-6-2 012704

PN=116



TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–2/3

T69

96D

B–U

N–0

9SE

P03

T69

96D

A–U

N–0

9SE

P03

A—Battery PostB—Fill TubeC—Electrolyte Level Range

IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries duringfreezing weather, batteries must becharged after water is added to preventbatteries from freezing. Charge batteryusing a battery charger or by runningthe engine.

2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilledwater. DO NOT overfill.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYSremove grounded (—) battery clamp first andreplace it last.

3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.

TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–3/3T

6758

AA

–UN

–21O

CT

88

4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiffbrush.

5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminalbase only.

6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.

3-6-3 012704

PN=117


CED,OUO1040,103 –19–25AUG00–1/1

Check Rear Axle Oil Level

T10

4867

–UN

–22N

OV

96

A—Plug

1. Remove plug (A) from axle and check oil level.

2. If oil is not level to bottom of hole, add oil. SeeTransmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical FrontWheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

3. Replace plug.

OUO1079,0000286 –19–19SEP00–1/1

Check Transmission Oil Level

T13

2362

D–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Transmission Dipstick


1. Run engine for three minutes to warm transmission oil.Park machine on a level surface. Move FNR lever andgearshift lever to NEUTRAL. Engage park brake.

2. With engine running at slow idle, turn handle oftransmission dipstick (A) counterclockwise and remove.

NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.

3. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operatingrange, add oil through dipstick tube. See Transmission,Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel DriveOil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwiseto tighten.

3-6-4 012704

PN=118


HG31779,0000085 –19–23JAN03–1/1

Check Coolant and Add Conditioner

TS

281

–UN

–23A

UG

88T

1550

34B

–UN

–20J

UN

02T

1111

10–U

N–1

3AU

G97

3-Way Test Kit

T11

1109

–UN

–13A

UG

97

COOLSCAN Plus

A—Radiator Cap

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids frompressurized cooling system can cause seriousburns.

Remove radiator cap only when engine is coldor when cool enough to touch with bare hands.Slowly loosen radiator cap to first stop torelieve pressure before removing completely.

IMPORTANT: John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditionerdoes not protect against freezing.Coolant conditioner prevents rust,scale, and liner cavitation.

NOTE: Check coolant every 500 hours or 6 months, orwhen replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Addcoolant conditioner as necessary.

1. Remove radiator cap (A) and test coolant solution. Useone of the following kits to check coolant:

• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit (TY16175):Coolant test strips provide an effective method tocheck freeze point and additive levels of enginecoolant. See your authorized dealer for 3-Way HeavyDuty Coolant Test Kit and follow instructions on kit.

• COOLSCAN PLUS: For a more thorough evaluationof coolant, perform COOLSCAN PLUS analysis,where available. See your authorized dealer forinformation about COOLSCAN PLUS.

2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner orequivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor asnecessary. Follow instructions on container foramount.

SpecificationCooling System—Capacity 16 L (17 qt)......................................................

3. Install cap.

3-7-1 012704

PN=119


CED,OUO1079,442 –19–11JUL00–1/1

Check Air Intake Hose

T13

2459

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Engine Air Intake Hose

1. Check engine air intake hose (A) for cracks andreplace as necessary.

2. Check for loose connections and tighten hose clampsas necessary.

OUO1079,00002AA –19–23OCT00–1/1

Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter

T13

4790

B–U

N–2

4OC

T00

A—Hydraulic Oil Filter

1. Turn hydraulic oil filter (A) counterclockwise andremove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new hydraulic oilfilter and install. Turn hydraulic oil filter clockwise untilsealing ring touches mounting surface, then tighten anadditional 3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.

3. Check hydraulic oil level.

4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow hydraulic oilfilter to fill with oil and to purge air from charge circuit.

5. Stop engine and check hydraulic oil level. See CheckHydraulic Oil Level. (Section 3-6.)

6. Check for leakage around hydraulic filter. Tighten justenough to stop leaks, if necessary.

CED,OUO1079,443 –19–11JUL00–1/1

Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque

T13

3574

B–U

N–3

0AU

G00

A—Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick Pivot Pin Bolt

Check torque on the backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pivotpin bolt (A). Torque the cap screw to specification.

SpecificationBackhoe Boom-to-DipperstickPivot Pin Bolt—Torque 620 N•m (460 lb-ft)................................................

3-7-2 012704

PN=120


CED,OUO1079,582 –19–25AUG00–1/1

Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather

T13

2464

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T13

2462

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00A—Cap Screw (4 used)

B—Loader Mast CoverC—Windshield Washer NozzleD—Hydraulic Reservoir Breather

1. Open engine hood. Remove cap screws (A) and moveloader mast cover (B) aside. Take care not to damagehose attached to bottom of windshield washer nozzle(C).

2. Remove hydraulic reservoir breather (D).

NOTE: Avoid dripping hydraulic oil. Do not reroutehydraulic reservoir breather hoses.

3. Install new hydraulic reservoir breather with arrowpointing toward reservoir.

4. Install loader mast cover and cap screws. Close enginehood.

3-7-3 012704

PN=121


OUO1079,00002C2 –19–04DEC02–1/1

Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter

T13

2447

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T13

2362

C–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Engine Oil Drain PlugB—Engine Oil FilterC—Engine Oil Fill Cap

IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5percent, change engine oil at 1/2 thenormal interval.

1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a levelsurface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.

2. Remove engine oil drain plug (A). Allow oil to drain intoa container. Dispose of waste oil properly.

3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (B)counterclockwise and remove from base. Cleanmounting surfaces of base as necessary.

4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, andturn new filter clockwise by hand until gasket touchesmounting surface. Torque an additional 1/2—3/4 turnwith filter wrench.

5. Install engine oil drain plug.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (C) and fill engine with oil tospecification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)Install cap.

Engine Oil—SpecificationTurbocharged—Capacity 13 L (13.7 qt)......................................................Naturally Aspirated—310GOnly—Capacity 7.5 L (7.9 qt)......................................................................

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filterchange, crank engine for ten secondswithout starting to fill new engine oilfilter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,if equipped.

7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Checkfor leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten asnecessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine OilLevel. (Section 3-4.)

3-7-4 012704

PN=122


HG31779,0000149 –19–04OCT02–1/1

Replace Final Fuel Filter

T15

5218

B–U

N–2

5JU

N02

T78

96A

J–U

N–2

5NO

V92

T15

5218

C–U

N–0

5AU

G02

A—Retaining RingB—Filter ElementC—Bowl AssemblyD—Filter BaseE—SlotsF—Vertical LocatorsG—Bleed ScrewH—Primer Lever

NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Turn retaining ring (A) counterclockwise and removefilter element (B). Allow sediment to drain into acontainer.

2. Remove bowl assembly (C) from old filter element andinstall on new filter element.

3. Clean filter base (D).

NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.

4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators (F)into slots (E) on filter base. Push filter element upfirmly until filter snaps against base.

5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base untilretaining ring clicks tightly into place.

6. Loosen bleed screw (G) by turning knobcounterclockwise.

7. Operate primer lever (H) until fuel flow from bleedscrew is free of air bubbles.

NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever towardengine and turn crankshaft using starter motor toreposition camshaft. Repeat step 7.

8. Tighten bleed screw.

9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.

3-7-5 012704

PN=123


TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–1/2

Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front WheelBearings—Non-Powered (S.N.—911129)

T87

549

–UN

–21O

CT

88

A—SealB—BushingC—Inner Bearing ConeD—Inner Bearing CupE—HubF—Pipe PlugG—Outer Bearing CupH—Outer Bearing ConeI—Cotter PinJ—Hub CapK—NutL—Washer

1. Raise machine so steer wheels are off ground.Remove hub cap (J), pull cotter pin (I) from spindleand remove slotted nut (K).

2. Slip off special washer (L) and outer bearing cone (H).Remove wheel and hub assembly. Then remove seal(A) and inner bearing cone (C) from hub (E).

3. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, bushing (B),spindles, and hub assemblies.

4. Inspect bearing cups (D and G), and cones for damageor excessive wear and replace damaged parts asnecessary.

5. If a new bearing cup must be installed, drive out theold one and install a new cup with the cupped faceoutward.

6. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips andreplace as necessary.

7. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John DeereMulti-Purpose Grease or equivalent. See Grease.Section (3-1.)

8. Install seal (A), bushing (B), and inner bearing cup (D).Fill gap between inner bearing cup and seal withgrease. Assemble balance of parts except cotter pinand hub cap. Tighten slotted nut to specification.

SpecificationFront Wheel Bearing SlottedNut—Torque 47 N•m (35 lb-ft)....................................................................

9. Turn wheel several revolutions. Tighten nut again tospecification. Turn nut counterclockwise to nearest slotand install cotter pin. If hole of spindle is in line with aslot after tightening, turn nut counterclockwise to nextslot.

3-8-1 012704

PN=124



TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–2/2

10. Remove pipe plug (F) from wheel hub and installlubrication fitting. Lubricate wheel hub assembly untilgrease starts to exit past outer bearing cone (H).Remove lube fitting and install pipe plug. (See Fuelsand Lubricants chapter for recommended type ofgrease.)

11. Lower machine to the ground and install hub caps.

3-8-2 012704

PN=125


BT40170,000002C –19–30JAN03–1/2

Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered (S.N. 911130—)

T158732

1

2 6

5

3

78

9

104

T15

8732

–UN

–23A

UG

02

1—Seal Ring 4—O-Ring 7—Thrust Washer 9—Wheel Hub Cover2—Bearing Cone 5—Stud 8—Cap Screw (3 used) 10—Wheel Hub Cover Plug3—Wheel Hub 6—Bearing Cone

1. Raise machine and install jack stands so frontwheels are off ground.

CAUTION: Prevent injury from fallingcomponents. Secure wheel hub (3) with a liftstrap before removing any components.

2. Remove wheel.

3. Remove wheel hub cover plug (10) and removewheel hub cover (9) using wedges. Remove andinspect O-ring (4), replace if necessary.

4. Remove three capscrews (8) and thrust washer (7).

5. Remove wheel bearing (6).

6. Remove and inspect wheel hub (3) with bearingcups. To replace bearing cups, place wheel hub onflat surface and drive bearing cups out with ahammer and driver.

IMPORTANT: Removing seal ring (1) will destroyit. Do not remove seal ring unlessdamage is noted.

7. Remove bearing cone (2) using wedges.

8. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, spindle andhub assembly.

9. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lipsand replace as necessary.

3-8-3 012704

PN=126



BT40170,000002C –19–30JAN03–2/2

10. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John DeereMulti-Purpose Grease or equivalent.

11. Install bearing cone (2) on spindle using ahammer and driver.

12. Install wheel hub (3) on spindle.

13. Install bearing cone (6) to hub and spindle.

14. Apply TY9371 LOCTITE to cap screws (8).Position thrust washer (7) on spindle in hub andinstall cap screws (8). Torque cap screws tospecification.

SpecificationThrust Plate Cap Screws—Torque 120 N•m (89 lb-ft).....................................................................

15. Grease and install O-ring (4) on wheel hub cover(9). Drive wheel hub cover into wheel hub.

16. Install hub cover plug (10) and tighten tospecification.

SpecificationWheel Hub Cover Plug—Torque 15 N•m (11 lb-ft).......................................................................

17. Install wheel and repeat process for other side.

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

TX,85,BD2169 –19–24JUL00–1/1

Change MFWD Front Wheel PlanetaryHousing Oil—If Equipped

T73

71A

P–U

N–0

2OC

T90

T10

5325

–UN

–21N

OV

96

A—PlugB—Oil Level Line

1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

SpecificationMFWD Front Wheel PlanetaryHousing Oil—Capacity 1 L (1 qt)................................................................

2. Install drain plug.

3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)when line is horizontal.

4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. SeeTransmission, Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical FrontWheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

3-8-4 012704

PN=127


CED,OUO1079,445 –19–11JUL00–1/1

Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—IfEquipped

T13

2466

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T10

3126

–UN

–05S

EP

96

A—Drain PlugB—Check Plug

NOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.

MFWD axle housing is filled with API GL-5 gearoil at the factory. Fill MFWD axle housing withHY-GARD oil to fill to proper level.

1. Remove drain plug (A) to drain oil. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

SpecificationMFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—Capacity 6.5 L (7 qt)....................................................................................


3. Remove check plug (B) and add oil so it is level withbottom of check plug hole. See Transmission,Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel DriveOil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install check plug.

TX,85,BD2167 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube

T10

5323

–UN

–21N

OV

96A—Vent Tube

Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.

3-8-5 012704

PN=128


HG31779,0000081 –19–14MAY02–1/2

Change Transmission and Torque ConverterOil and Replace Filter

T13

4818

C–U

N–2

5OC

T00

Manual Shift Transmission Shown

T13

2362

F–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Transmission Drain PlugB—Transmission Oil FilterC—Transmission Dipstick

NOTE: This procedure does not drain all of the oil fromthe manual shift transmission. Only approximately8.0—8.5 L of oil will drain.

It is intended that the remainder of oil will remainin the cooler and torque converter.

1. Remove transmission drain plug (A) from bottom oftransmission and drain oil into suitable container.Dispose of waste oil properly.

SpecificationTransmission System Oil—Capacity 15 L (16 qt)...................................................................................

2. Turn transmission oil filter (B) counterclockwise andremove.

3. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oilfilter. Install new transmission oil filter. Turn clockwiseuntil sealing ring touches mounting surface, thentighten an additional 3/4 to one turn with a suitablefilter wrench.

4. Start engine and run for 3 minutes to allow filterelement to refill and purge air from charge circuit.

5. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmissiondipstick (C). Check transmission oil level and add oilthrough dipstick tube as necessary. See Transmission,Hydraulic, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel DriveOil. (Section 3-1.)

6. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter justenough to stop leaks.


8. Turn handle of transmission dipstick counterclockwiseand remove. Fill transmission with oil through dipsticktube. See Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles, andMechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

9. Start engine and run at slow idle for 3 minutes.

3-8-6 012704

PN=129



HG31779,0000081 –19–14MAY02–2/2

10. With engine running at slow idle, check oil level ontransmission dipstick. If oil is not within operatingrange, add oil.

11. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwiseto tighten.

CED,OUO1079,447 –19–03SEP02–1/1

Change Rear Axle Oil

T10

5316

–UN

–21N

OV

96T

1048

68–U

N–2

2NO

V96

A—Drain PlugB—Check and Fill Plug

NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.

1. Remove drain plug (A) and drain oil into a container.Install plug.

SpecificationRear Axle Oil—Capacity 16 L (17 qt)..........................................................

2. Remove check and fill plug (B) and fill with oil tobottom of port. See Transmission, Hydraulic, Axles,and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil. (Section 3-1.)

NOTE: It will take approximately 5 minutes for oil to settleinto outer housing when oil is warm.

3. Wait 5-10 minutes for oil to settle, then check levelagain and add oil as necessary. If oil is cold, settletime may increase.

4. Install plug.

3-8-7 012704

PN=130


HG31779,00001B6 –19–18DEC02–1/1

Replace Pilot Control Filter

T16

3362

B–U

N–0

6JA

N03

1—Hose Fitting2—Filter Element

NOTE: Filter element is located behind right rear axle.

1. Disconnect hose fitting (1) from filter element.

2. Remove filter element (2).

3. Install new filter element.

4. Reconnect hose fitting to filter element.

CED,OUO1079,387 –19–16JUN00–1/1

Check Engine Speed

SELECT

n/min

1

T15

8334

–UN

–08A

UG

02

1—Tachometer

1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.

2. Use tachometer (1) to check engine speeds:

SpecificationSlow Idle—Speed 900 ± 25 rpm................................................................Fast Idle (Using Speed ControlPedal or Lever)—Speed 2375 ± 25 rpm.....................................................

3-8-8 012704

PN=131


OUO1079,00002AB –19–23OCT00–1/1

Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil

T13

1716

D–U

N–1

3JU

L00

T13

4809

B–U

N–2

4OC

T00

B—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill CapC—Cap ScrewD—BracketE—Drain HoseF—Cap

1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position andlower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.

3. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (B).

4. Remove cap screw (C) and bracket (D). Route drainhose (E) into a suitable container.

5. Remove cap (F) from end of drain hose and drain oil.Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Dispose of wasteoil properly.

SpecificationHydraulic Reservoir Oil—Capacity 37 L (39 qt)..........................................

6. Replace hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic OilFilter. (Section 3-7.)

7. Install cap on drain hose.

8. Route drain hose for storage. Install bracket and capscrew.

9. Refill hydraulic reservoir. See Transmission, Hydraulic,Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil. (Section3-1.)

10. Check oil level.

11. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap.

3-8-9 012704

PN=132


CED,OUO1079,474 –19–17JUL00–1/1

Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements

T15

5823

B–U

N–0

7JU

N02

T15

5824

B–U

N–0

7JU

N02

T15

5825

B–U

N–0

7JU

N02

A—Clip (3 used)B—Primary ElementC—Secondary Element

Inspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.

1. Open hood.

2. Unfasten clips (A) and remove air cleaner cover.

IMPORTANT: Remove elements gently to avoiddislodging dust from the elements.

3. Slide primary element (B) and secondary element (C)out to remove.

4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.

5. Install new secondary element and primary element.Ensure that each element is properly centered andseated.

6. Install air cleaner cover with dust unloader valvepointed down. Fasten clips.

3-8-10 012704

PN=133


TX03679,00017DD –19–08MAY01–1/1

Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance)

See your authorized dealer.

3-9-1 012704

PN=134

Miscellaneous—Machine

CED,OUO1032,1075 –19–19JUN98–1/1

External Service Brake Inspection

T11

5934

–UN

–18J

UN

98T

8137

AC

–UN

–03D

EC

93

A—External Brake Inspection Port (2 used)B—Oil Grooves

Do first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hourinspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.

If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspectmore frequently.

1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspectionports (A).

2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oilgrooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible.

4-1-1 012704

PN=135


TX03679,00017E3 –19–31MAY01–1/1

Inspecting And Cleaning Dusty SecondaryAnd Primary Element

T90

684

–UN

–10N

OV

88

T47

764

–UN

–09N

OV

88

IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may causeengine damage.

Install new elements:

• If the element shows damage andneeds to be replaced.

• If element is visibly dirty and will notclean.

• After 1000 hours service or annually.

DO NOT clean a secondary element.Install a new element carefully centeringit in the canister.

1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON AHARD SURFACE.

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using forcleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,guard against flying chips, and wear personalprotection equipment including eye protection.

2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).

NOTE: Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly ifan element has a break or is not correctly sealedin air cleaner housing. Throw away element thathas the slightest damage. If gasket is broken ormissing, install a new element.

3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside tooutside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.

4-1-2 012704

PN=136


HG31779,00000BF –19–26JUL02–1/1

Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped

T15

8049

B–U

N–2

6JU

L02

A—Moisture Sight GlassB—Air Bubble Sight Glass

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible compressor damage. Ifmoisture sight glass color indicates wet(pink), dryer is saturated and should bechanged within the next 100 machinehours to prevent further buildup ofmoisture in refrigerant.

1. Open hood.

2. Check color in moisture sight glass (A). Color shouldbe blue, indicating that refrigerant is dry.

3. Check air bubble sight glass (B) for air bubbles. No airbubbles, or few air bubbles, should be visible.

4. If moisture sight glass shows wet (pink), or if excessiveair bubbles are visible, see your authorized dealerwithin the next 100 machine hours to service thereceiver-dryer.

CED,OUO1079,452 –19–12JUL00–1/1

Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator

T13

2486

B–U

N–1

4JU

L00

T13

2487

B–U

N–1

4JU

L00

A—Upper Radiator HoseB—Lower Radiator HoseC—Hose Clamp (4 used)

Check upper radiator hose (A) and lower radiator hose (B)for cracks and leaks. Tighten hose clamps (C) asnecessary.

Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose orbroken mountings. Clean radiator fins.

4-1-3 012704

PN=137


CED,OUO1079,453 –19–12JUL00–1/1

Draining the Cooling System

TS

281

–UN

–23A

UG

88T

1324

88B

–UN

–14J

UL0

0T

1552

36B

–UN

–24M

AY

02

A—Radiator Drain ValveB—Engine Block Coolant Drain Valve

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids frompressurized cooling system can cause seriousburns.

Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only whencool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowlyloosen cap to first stop to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.

NOTE: When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the draininterval is 3000 hours or 36 months. The draininterval may be extended to 5000 hours or 60months of operation,provided that the coolant istested annually AND additives are replenished,as needed, by adding a supplemental coolantadditive (SCA).. If COOL-GARD is not used, theflushing interval is 2000 hours or 24 months ofoperation.


1. Release pressure and remove cap.

2. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (A) on radiator.

3. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to openvalve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.

4. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve(B).

5. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwiseto open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.

6. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves andremove hoses.

4-1-4 012704

PN=138


HG31779,0000084 –19–17MAY02–1/1

Filling the Cooling System

TS

281

–UN

–23A

UG

88T

1550

34B

–UN

–20J

UN

02

A—Radiator Cap

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying water. DO NOT remove radiator capunless the engine is cool. Then turn cap slowlyto the stop. Release all pressure beforeremoving cap.


Remove radiator cap (A). Coolant level in radiator must beat bottom of filler neck.

IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,ethylene glycol base antifreeze incoolant solution. Other types ofantifreeze may damage cylinder seals.

NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C (—30°F).Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freezeprotection for your machine.

FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-typelow silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leakadditive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John DeereCoolant Conditioner or equivalent.

TX,90,FF3116 –19–18JAN02–1/1

Do Not Service Or Adjust Injection NozzlesOr Injection Pump

If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,the engine will not run normally. (See your authorizeddealer for service.)

Changing the injection pump in any way not approved bythe manufacturer will end the warranty. (See your copy ofthe John Deere warranty on this machine.)

Do not service an injection pump that is not operatingcorrectly. (See your authorized injection pump servicecenter.)

4-1-5 012704

PN=139


CED,TX03768,2668 –19–12JUL00–1/1

Replace Engine Torsional Damper

The torsional damper assembly is not repairable andshould be replaced every five years or 4500 hours,whichever occurs first, or whenever crankshaft isreplaced. See your authorized dealer.

HG31779,0000082 –19–14MAY02–1/1

Draining Fuel Filter Sediment

T15

8343

B–U

N–0

9AU

G02

1—Knob

Drain water and sediment as necessary.

1. Loosen knob (1) and drain fuel for several seconds.

2. Tighten knob.

T82,EXMA,I –19–03AUG92–1/1

Precautions for Alternator and Regulator

When batteries are connected, follow these rules:

1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when youwork on or near alternator or regulator.

2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR ORREGULATOR.

3. Ensure alternator wires are correctly connectedBEFORE you connect batteries.

4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.

5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator orregulator wires while batteries are connected orwhile alternator is operating.

6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correctpolarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]to negative [—]).

7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine isrunning and alternator is charging.

8. Disconnect battery cables before you connectbattery charger to the batteries.

4-1-6 012704

PN=140


TX03679,0001788 –19–11MAY01–1/3

Handling, Checking And Servicing BatteriesCarefully

TS

204

–UN

–23A

UG

88T

S20

3–U

N–2

3AU

G88

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keepsparks and flames away from batteries. Use aflashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

Never check battery charge by placing a metalobject across the posts. Use a voltmeter orhydrometer.

Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp firstand replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes inclothing, and cause blindness if splashed intoeyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is

added.4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize

the acid.3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30

minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do

not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).3. Get medical attention immediately.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California to cause cancer andreproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

4-1-7 012704

PN=141



TX03679,0001788 –19–11MAY01–2/3

If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the followingmixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking sodain 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammoniain 4 L (1 gal) water.

IMPORTANT: Do not overfill the battery cells.

Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each batterycell.

TX03679,0001788 –19–11MAY01–3/3

T85

402

–UN

–10N

OV

88

See your authorized dealer for JT05460 SERVICEGARDbattery and coolant tester. Follow directions included withthe tester.

A fully charged battery will have a corrected specificgravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,charge the battery.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

TX,90,BG212 –19–23DEC96–1/1

Replacing Batteries

TS

204

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Your machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volthybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use onlybatteries meeting following specifications:

Cold Cranking Amps

ReserveCapacity

-29°C (minutes atVolts BCI Group -18°C (0°F) (-20°F) 25 amps)

12 31 750 600 150

4-1-8 012704

PN=142


HG31779,00000BD –19–26JUL02–1/1

Removing Batteries

T13

2012

C–U

N–1

4JU

L00

T15

8046

B–U

N–2

6JU

L02

Optional Dual-Battery Configuration Shown

A—Cap Screw (3 used)B—Hold-Down Bracket (1 or 2 used)

IMPORTANT: Check for worn or frayed wires andloose or corroded connections.

NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access thebattery box. Always empty the toolbox beforelifting it.

1. Remove cap screws (A) and lift toolbox out of batterybox.

2. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, thenpositive (+) cables.

3. Remove nuts, washers, and hold-down brackets (B).

4. Lift batteries out of battery box.

4-1-9 012704

PN=143

Miscellaneous—

Machine

HG

31779,0000083–19–30JA

N03–1/2

Rep

lacing

Fu

sesMFWD/ALT/DIFF

RTD10 A

DOCKING LIGHTSBCON

15A-CB

AUX PWR/AIRSEAT20 A

REAR WORK LIGHTS20A-CB

WIPER/WASHER15 A

ECU UNSWITCHEDSERVICE ADVISOR

10 A

DOME LIGHT/RADIO

10 A

MONITOR/ALARM10 A

FNR/PARK BRAKE/SG UNLOAD VALVE

10 A

ECU SWITCHEDSTART AID/BK ALARM

15 A

START10 A

BLOWER/AC30 A

TURN/STOPFLASH/HORN

20 A

DRIVE/WORK/TAIL LIGHTS

25A-CB

UNSW RADIO5 A

PWR PORT/AUX15 A

FLA

SH

ER

RE

LAYB

K U

P A

LAR

M

RE

LAY

PAR

K B

RA

KE

RE

LAY

NE

UT

RA

L STA

RT

R

ELAY

K4

K5

K6

K8

F2

F5

F11

F14

F8

F13

F7

F12

F16

F6

F17

F9

F10

F18

F15

F1

T188817 R

ev D

T162517

T162517 –19–04DEC02

F1—

10AF

8—30A

Heater

Blo

wer/A

/CF

13—10A

Start

Fu

seF

17—10A

En

gin

eC

on

troller

MF

WD

/Altern

ator/D

ifferential

Fu

seF

14—20A

Tu

rn,

Sto

p,

Flash

,U

nsw

itched

Fu

seL

ock

Fu

seF

9—15A

Wip

er/Wash

erF

use

Ho

rnF

use

F18—

20AA

uxiliary

Po

wer/A

irF

2—15A

Po

wer

Po

rt/Au

xiliaryF

10—20A

Rear

Wo

rkL

igh

tF

15—15A

Do

cking

Seat

Fu

seP

ow

erF

use

Circu

itB

reakerL

igh

t/Beaco

n/B

rakeK

4—B

ack-Up

Alarm

Relay

F5—

5AA

uxiliary

Un

switch

edF

11—25A

Fro

nt

Drive,

Wo

rk,C

harg

eV

alveC

BF

use

K5—

Park

Brake

Latch

ing

Rad

ioF

use

Tail

Lig

ht

Circu

itB

reakerF

16—10A

Relay

F6—

10AD

om

eL

igh

t/Rad

ioF

12—10A

FN

R/P

arkB

rakeM

on

itor/A

larm/E

lectron

icK

6—N

eutral

Start

Relay

Fu

seF

use

Pu

mp

Co

ntro

llerF

use

K8—

Flash

erR

elayF

7—15A

En

gin

eC

on

troller,

Start

Aid

,B

ack-Up

Alarm

Un

switch

edF

use

Co

ntin

ued

on

next

pag

e

4-1-10012704

PN

=144


HG31779,0000083 –19–30JAN03–2/2T

1587

12B

–UN

–25A

UG

02

Steering Console Top Cover Shown Removed

IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperagerating to prevent electrical systemdamage from overload.

The following relay is located inside steering console, nearfuse block:

• K2—Accessory Relay

The following relays are located inside right-side console,behind display monitor:

• K7—Timer Relay• K9—SG Unloading Valve Pump Relay (310SG and

315SG only)• K10—Mode Door Relay

The following relays for pilot controls are located insideside console behind display monitor:

• K11-Seat Forward Position Relay• K12-Seat In Position Relay• K13-In Position Latch Relay• K14-Out Of Position Latch Relay• K15-Seat Not Rear Relay• K16-Over Ride Relay

The following relay is located inside right rear of enginecompartment:

• K1—Start Relay

4-1-11 012704

PN=145


HG31779,0000155 –19–19OCT02–1/1

Remove and Install Halogen Bulb

T74

84A

C–U

N–1

2MA

R91

A—Screw (2 used)B—Lamp CoverC—LampD—BulbE—Lamp Housing

1. Remove screws (A), cover (B), lamp (C), and lamphousing (E).

2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip toremove bulb (D).

IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb withbare hands. Oil and moisture maycause premature bulb failure. Cleanbulb glass if touched, using an oil-freecloth with alcohol.

3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing.

OUO1079,0000287 –19–19SEP00–1/1

Checking Neutral Start System

T13

1803

C–U

N–2

0JU

N00

A—FNR LeverB—Gearshift Lever

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DONOT attempt to start machine unless you aresitting in operator’s seat with FNR lever in“Neutral.” DO NOT bypass or disable any of thestarting system parts.

Set park brake before attempting to startengine.

This machine has a neutral start switch that is activatedby the FNR lever (A).

Engage park brake.

With a manual shift transmission: Move gearshift lever(B) to N.

Check the neutral start system to ensure that themachine:

• WILL start with the FNR lever in “Neutral” position.• WILL NOT start with FNR lever in any other position.

If starting system fails to operate correctly, have yourauthorized dealer repair the system immediately.

4-1-12 012704

PN=146


TX,35,BD2101 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Changing Loader Buckets

T10

3832

–UN

–17S

EP

96

A—PinB—Pivot Links (2 used)C—Cross TubeD—PinE—CylinderF—Pins (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from fallinghardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fallforward if bucket is in dig position when pinsare removed. Remove pins only when bucket ison ground in full dump position.

1. Place bucket in dump position on floor.

2. Remove pin (A) and pivot links (B) to rear againstcross tube (C).

3. Remove pin (D) and carefully lay cylinder (E) on crosstube.

CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can cause injuryif not moved properly. Use adequate liftingdevice to move bucket.

4. Remove pins (F) and bucket.

5. Position new bucket in dump position where previouslyremoved bucket was. Install pins (F).

6. Connect bucket links and cylinder using previouslyremoved pins (A and D) and retaining hardware.

4-1-13 012704

PN=147


OUO1079,0000256 –19–16APR02–1/1

Reversing Stabilizer Feet—310G, 310SG

T82

14A

O–U

N–2

7AP

R94

A—Rubber Pad SideB—Cleat SideC—Pin

Use rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operatingon paved surface to prevent damaging work area.

Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirtto prevent slipping.

To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180°to opposite surface, and install pin to keep foot fromturning back around.

CED,OUO1079,459 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Changing Sideshift Backhoe Stabilizer Feet—315SG

T11

5437

–UN

–18M

AY

98

A—Locking BoltB—Locking Nut

1. Raise stabilizers high enough to remove stabilizer feet.

2. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn in locking bolt (A) oneach stabilizer leg to lock in place. Tighten locking nut.

3. Replace stabilizer feet.

CAUTION: Stabilizers may drop down whenloosening the stabilizer lock bolts. Keep clear ofarea under the stabilizers when loosening thestabilizer lock bolts.

4. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn out locking bolt (A) oneach stabilizer leg to release. Tighten locking nut.

4-1-14 012704

PN=148


OUO1079,00002B8 –19–16APR02–1/1

Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310G

NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.

Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *Weight of Solution

Tire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire11L-15 8PR F3 53 L (14 gal) 53 kg (117 lb) 45 L (12 gal) 19 kg (42 lb) 64 kg (142 lb)11L-16 12PR F3 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)12-16.5 8PR NHS 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)(MFWD)

*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).

OUO1079,00002B9 –19–16APR02–1/1

Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310SGand 315SG

NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.

Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *Weight of Solution

Tire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire11L-15 8PR F3 53 L (14 gal) 53 kg (117 lb) 45 L (12 gal) 19 kg (42 lb) 64 kg (142 lb)(310SG only)11L-16 12PR F3 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)12.5/80-18 10PR 102 L (27 gal) 102 kg (225 lb) 95 L (25 gal) 28 kg (62 lb) 123 kg (269 lb)(MFWD)

*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).

4-1-15 012704

PN=149


HG31779,00000BE –19–26JUL02–1/1

Welding on Machine

T15

8046

C–U

N–2

2AU

G02

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cables toprevent voltage spikes from damagingalternator or dash instruments.

Connect welder ground clamp close toeach weld area so electrical currentdoes not arc inside any bearings.

NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access thebattery box. See Removing Batteries in thissection.

4-1-16 012704

PN=150


CED,OUO1079,458 –19–16MAY02–1/1

Checking Ride Control Accumulator—IfEquipped

X98

11–U

N–2

3AU

G88

T15

6914

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

A—Ride Control Switch

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure canpenetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoidthe hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tightenall connections before applying pressure.Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.Protect hands and body from high pressurefluids.

CAUTION: The boom will jump upward duringthis check. Make sure area around bucket isclear.

1. Start engine.

2. Push lower half of ride control switch (A) to deactivateride control.

3. Raise boom to maximum height and hold loadercontrol lever over relief for 2 seconds.

4. Lower boom and bucket to ground and stop engine.Move loader control lever to “Neutral”.

5. Turn key switch to “On”, but do not restart engine.

6. Push upper half of ride control switch to activate ridecontrol. The boom should move up approximately 100mm (4 in.).

7. If the boom does not move up, the accumulator haslost gas charge, see your authorized dealer forservicing the accumulator.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on themachine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the ridecontrol system.

4-1-17 012704

PN=151


CED,OUO1079,407 –19–06JUL00–1/2

Discharge Ride Control System HydraulicPressure—If Equipped

T15

6914

B–U

N–0

1JU

L02

A—Ride Control Switch

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom or bucket movement whenequipped with ride control. Ride controlaccumulator energy must be discharged whenworking on hydraulic components. Turn keyswitch to ON. Push upper half of ride controlswitch to activate ride control and move loadercontrol lever to FLOAT.

Do not have ride control activated when startingthe machine; the machine may move if ridecontrol is activated when the machine isstarted.

Do not have ride control activated whenoperating the loader; the ride control systemmay cause unexpected movement.

The ride control system has an accumulator and valve inthe loader circuit.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on themachine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the ridecontrol system as follows:

1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

2. Push lower half of ride control switch (A) to deactivateride control.

3. Start the engine.

4. Position front loader boom so that the bucket isapproximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground.

5. Stop the engine.

6. Turn key switch to “On” without restarting engine. Pushupper half of ride control switch to activate ride control.

7. Move loader control lever to “Float” position. Bucketshould lower to ground.

4-1-18 012704

PN=152



CED,OUO1079,407 –19–06JUL00–2/2

8. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, seeChecking Ride Control Accumulator—If Equipped inthis section.

HG31779,00001BD –19–02JAN03–1/1

Discharge Pilot Control System HydraulicPressure—If Equipped

T16

3349

B–U

N–0

2JA

N03

1—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch2—Pilot Controls

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Turn engine off. Keepbystanders clear of machine.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on themachine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the pilotcontrol system as follows:

1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

2. Turn off engine.

3. Turn key switch to “On” position.

4. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.

5. Pull pilot control towers back to operating position.

6. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to “Unlock”position to enable pilot controls.

7. Actuate pilot controls (2) in a circular pattern for five toten rotations.

4-1-19 012704

PN=153


BT40170,0000043 –19–24JAN03–1/2

Lowering Boom Without Electrical Power—For Machines With Pilot Controls

T16

3972

B–U

N–1

5JA

N03

1—Cap Screw (4 used)2—Plastic Cover3—Cap Screw (4 used)4—Rear Cab Access Floor Plate

1. Remove rear half of floor mat.

2. Remove cap screws (1) and plastic cover (2).

3. Remove cap screws (3) and rear cab access floorplate (4).

BT40170,0000043 –19–24JAN03–2/2

T16

4626

B–U

N–2

7JA

N03

5—Hose6—Pilot Pressure Bulkhead Fitting

4. Disconnect hose (5) from bulkhead fitting (6).

5. Connect remote pressure source to bulkhead fitting (6).Pressure source must be within specification.

SpecificationRemote Pressure Source—Pressure 1379—24 821 kPa.......................................................................

14—248 bar200—3600 psi

6. Lower boom using pilot controls.

7. Disconnect remote pressure source.

8. Connect hose (5) to bulkhead fitting (6).

9. Install rear access floor plate (4).

10. Install plastic cover (2) and floor mat.

4-1-20 012704

PN=154


OUO1079,0000288 –19–16MAY02–1/1

Check Park Brake

T13

1504

F–U

N–1

5JU

N00

A—Park Brake Switch

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Fasten seatbelt before performing this check.

1. Fasten seat belt.

2. Start machine on dry, hard pavement.

3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.

4. Push right half of park brake switch (A) to disengagethe park brake.

5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.

6. Move the FNR lever to F. Move the gearshift lever to2nd gear.

7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and driveapproximately 7 m (20 ft), then push left half of parkbrake switch to engage the park brake. The machinemust stop within 2 m (6 ft) and transmission must shiftto “Neutral”.

4-1-21 012704

PN=155


CED,OUO1079,579 –19–16MAY02–1/2

Bleeding Service Brakes

T68

38A

E–U

N–2

6OC

T88

CAUTION: Operating machine with excessivebrake travel could cause brakes not to stopmachine on first application.

NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system throughbrake valve without use of bleed screws.

Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil willslow bleed process. Brake lines must be inclinedtoward brake valve.

Bleeding Brakes Manually

1. Engage park brake. Run engine at fast idle. Dump andcurl backhoe bucket five times.

2. Run engine at slow idle. Pump left-side brake pedalfive times, allowing 2 seconds between each pump forair to escape.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the left-side brake pedal issolid.

4. Pump right-side brake pedal until pedal is solid, thenpump both brake pedals together until both brakepedals are solid.

5. Check pedal travel.

SpecificationDual Brake Pedal Travel—Distance 95 mm (3.75 in.) Maximum...........................................................Single Brake Pedal Travel—Distance 114 mm (4.5 in.) Maximum...........................................................

Bleeding Brakes with Vacuum Device

1. Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum device tobreather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes,disconnect air pressure from vacuum device.

2. Leave hose from breather port to vacuum deviceconnected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Bothpedals should become solid.

4-1-22 012704

PN=156



CED,OUO1079,579 –19–16MAY02–2/2

3. Check pedal travel.

SpecificationDual Brake Pedal Travel—Distance 95 mm (3.75 in.) Maximum...........................................................Single Brake Pedal Travel—Distance 114 mm (4.5 in.) Maximum...........................................................

Brakes will continue to self-bleed as you operate machineand pedal firmness should improve. If unable to obtainfirm brake pedal, inspect lines and connections forleakage. See your authorized dealer.

4-1-23 012704

PN=157


OUO1010,0000457 –19–28JAN03–1/2

Service Recommendations For STC1 Fittings

T13

3974

B–U

N–2

5SE

P00

JDG1385 Tool Storage Location—Earlier Machines

T16

1381

C–U

N–1

4AP

R03

JDG1385 Tool Storage Location In Toolbox—Later Machines

T13

4792

C–U

N–2

4OC

T00

1—Special Tool JDG13852—Shoulder Of Fitting3—Release Sleeve

STC fittings are used on this machine. The fittings aredesigned to allow the hydraulic hose to rotate as neededwhen the system is not pressurized. This prevents thehydraulic hoses from binding when components are putback to their operating position.

Fittings are easily disconnected using special tool,JDG1385 (1) (supplied with machine). The special toolhas a different size slot cut into each end. The narrow slotis for -06 size fittings. The wide slot is for -08 size fittings.Use appropriate end of special tool on fitting beingdisconnected. To connect fittings, simply push each half offitting together.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve ordamage to fitting may result.

DO NOT force release sleeve beyondnormal range of travel, otherwise,release sleeve may fall off when hose isdisconnected. If this happens and fittingis connected without the release sleeveinstalled, fitting will not be able to bedisconnected again.

1. Disconnect STC type fittings:

a. Clean area around fitting, especially around therelease sleeve (3).

b. While keeping special tool JDG1385 perpendicularto the fitting, insert tool between release sleeve andshoulder.

c. Gently push, DO NOT PRY, release sleeve awayfrom shoulder to disconnect the fitting.

d. Pull hose to disconnect.

1STC is a registered trademark of the Aeroquip Corporation.

4-1-24 012704

PN=158



OUO1010,0000457 –19–28JAN03–2/2

T13

3922

–UN

–21S

EP

00

1—Release Sleeve2—Retaining Ring3—Female Half of STC Fitting4—O-Ring5—Backup Ring6—Male Half of STC Fitting

2. Inspect STC fittings:

a. Check seal mating surfaces for nicks, scratches, orflat spots.

b. Check O-ring (4), backup ring (5), and retaining ring(2) for wear or damage.

c. Make sure O-ring, backup ring, and retaining ringare in position before connecting fitting halvestogether.

3. Connect STC fittings:

a. Make sure fitting halves (3 and 6) are clean andfree of contaminates.

b. Make sure release sleeve (1) is on male half (6) offitting before connecting fitting halves together.

c. Push fitting halves together until a definite snap andsolid stop is felt.

d. Pull back on hose to make sure fitting halves arelocked together.

e. To prevent hoses from binding, move componentinto position before pressurizing hydraulic system.

CED,OUO1079,486 –19–19JUL00–1/1

Check and Adjust Engine Speed ControlLinkage

See your authorized dealer.

4-1-25 012704

PN=159


HG31779,00001F3 –19–24FEB03–1/1

Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension(S.N.—913416)

T13

1729

C–U

N–2

5OC

T00

T13

4817

B–U

N–2

5OC

T00

A—Left Stabilizer Lever KnobB—Right Stabilizer Lever KnobC—Engine Speed Control LeverD—Spring ScaleE—Adjustment Cap Screw

1. Remove rear floor mat. Remove left and right stabilizerlever knobs (A and B). Remove screws. Remove leverconsole cover.

2. Measure force required to move engine speed controllever (C). Put spring scale (D) on engine speed controllever just below knob.

SpecificationSpeed Control Lever—Force 40—49 N (9—11 lb)......................................

3. Tighten or loosen adjustment cap screw (E). Measureforce again.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary until lever tension isat specification.

5. Install lever console cover. Install screws. Install leftand right stabilizer lever knobs. Install rear floor mat.

4-1-26 012704

PN=160


OUO1079,000028D –19–28SEP00–1/1

Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension (S.N.913417—)

T13

1729

C–U

N–2

5OC

T00

T13

4817

B–U

N–2

5OC

T00

A—Left Stabilizer Lever KnobB—Right Stabilizer Lever KnobC—Engine Speed Control LeverD—Spring ScaleE—Adjustment Cap Screw

1. Remove rear floor mat. Remove left and right stabilizerlever knobs (A and B). Remove screws. Remove leverconsole cover.

2. Measure force required to move engine speed controllever (C). Put spring scale (D) on engine speed controllever just below knob.

SpecificationSpeed Control Lever—Force 40—49 N (12—16 lb)....................................

3. Tighten or loosen adjustment cap screw (E). Measureforce again.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary until lever tension isat specification.

5. Install lever console cover. Install screws. Install leftand right stabilizer lever knobs. Install rear floor mat.

HG31779,00001BE –19–02JAN03–1/1

Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest —IfEquipped

T16

3361

B–U

N–0

2JA

N03

1. Turn lever (1) counterclockwise to loosen.

2. Adjust wrist rest (2) up or down to desired position.

3. Turn lever clockwise to tighten.

4-1-27 012704

PN=161


TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–1/2

Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.—911129)

T61

59A

C–U

N–1

8OC

T88

T61

57A

F–U

N–1

8OC

T88

T61

62A

T–U

N–0

2NO

V88

Non-MFWD

T10

3499

–UN

–03S

EP

96MFWD

A—Center of HubB—Front of TireC—Rear of TireD—Tie Rod TubeE—Tie Rod ClampF—NutsG—Rod End

1. Measure distance from ground to center of hub (A) andmake a mark on front (B) and rear (C) of each front tirein center of tread.

2. Measure distance between front marks (B).

3. Measure distance between rear marks (C).

4. The distance between front marks must be less thandistance between rear marks by the following amount.

SpecificationToe-In Measurement—StandardAxle Distance between (B) and(C) 6 ± 3 mm (1/4 ± 1/8 in.).........................................................................MFWD Axle Distance between(B) and (C) 3 ± 3 mm (1/8 ± 1/8 in.)............................................................

Machines Without Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:

1. To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamps (E) andturn tie rod tube (D).

2. Turn clamps so that cap screws are toward rear ofmachine and tipped down approximately 45°.

3. Tighten clamp cap screws to specification.

SpecificationToe-In Tie Rod Clamp CapScrews—Torque 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft)..............................................

Machines With Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:

1. To adjust toe-in, loosen nuts (F).

4-1-28 012704

PN=162



TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–2/2

2. Turn rod end (G) to get proper toe-in.

3. Adjust toe-in equally on both tie rods.

4. Tighten nuts to specification.

SpecificationToe-In Tie Rod Nuts—Torque 50 N•m (35 lb-ft).........................................

BT40170,0000041 –19–30AUG02–1/1

Checking and Adjusting Toe-In (S.N.911130—)

T63

82JW

–UN

–02N

OV

88T

1592

14B

–UN

–09S

EP

02A—Center of HubB—Front of TireC—Rear of TireD—Tie Rod TubeE—Adjustment/Locking NutF—Threaded Rod

1. Measure distance from ground to hub center (A). Atthis height, mark front (B) and rear (C) in center oftread of each front tire.

2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rearmarks (C).

3. Front marks must be 3—6 mm (1/8—1/4 in.) closerthan rear marks.

To adjust toe-in, loosen both locking nuts (E) and turnthreaded rod (F) in or out depending upon neededadjustment.

Tighten locking nut (E) to specification.

SpecificationNon-Powered Axle Locking Nut—Torque 250 N•m (185 lb-ft).........................................................................Powered Axle Locking Nut—Torque 300 N•m (220 lb-ft).........................................................................

4-1-29 012704

PN=163


TX,90,BD2190 –19–07OCT96–1/1

Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket

T76

46A

P–U

N–1

6DE

C91

T76

46A

O–U

N–1

6DE

C91

T76

46A

N–U

N–1

6DE

C91

A—Tooth TipB—Tooth ShankC—Flex PinD—Grooves

1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the toothtip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.

NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this word mustface the shank.

If shank is badly worn, install new shank.

Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.

2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin (C).

3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin (C) inplace.

T82,EXMA,BJ –19–08JUN94–1/1

Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,Pumps or Motors

Special tools and information are needed to servicecontrol valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.

If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.

4-1-30 012704

PN=164


TX,90,FF1225 –19–15MAR93–1/1

Hardware Torque Specifications

Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. Ifhardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on thefollowing charts unless a special torque is specified.

TX,90,BD2192 –19–06MAY98–1/1

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

TS

176

–UN

–23A

UG

88

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalledcorrectly if the rollover protective structure(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

The protection offered by ROPS will beimpaired if ROPS is subjected to structuraldamage, is involved in an overturn incident, oris in any way altered. A damaged ROPS shouldbe replaced, not reused.

When installation of equipment on a machine necessitatesloosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must betightened to specification.

SpecificationROPS Mounting Bolts—Torque 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft)..................

4-1-31 012704

PN=165


DX,TORQ1 –19–01OCT99–1/1

Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

TO

RQ

1A–U

N–2

7SE

P99

Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings

Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2a (No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2

Size Lubricatedb Dryc N•m Lubricatedb Dryc N•m Lubricatedb Dryc N•m Lubricatedb Dryc N•mN•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft) N•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft) N•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft) N•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft)

1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)

5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)

3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)

7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)

1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)

9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)

5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)

3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)

7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)

1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)

1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)

1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)

1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)

1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)a Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.b "Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.c "Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly startprocedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing whenfor general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximatelyreplace shear bolts with identical grade. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,

not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to thefull torque value.

Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. Ifhigher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened tothe strength of the original.

4-1-32 012704

PN=166


DX,TORQ2 –19–01OCT99–1/1

Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

TO

RQ

2–U

N–0

7SE

P99

Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings

Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9

Size Lubricateda Dryb N•m Lubricateda Dryb N•m Lubricateda Dryb N•m Lubricateda Dryb N•mN•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft) N•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft) N•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft) N•m (lb-ft) (lb-ft)

M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)

M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)

M10 23 (17) 29 (21) 43 (32) 55 (40) 63 (46) 80 (59) 75 (55) 95 (70)

M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)

M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)

M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)

M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)

M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)

M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)

M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)

M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)

M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)

M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)

M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)a "Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.b "Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly startprocedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing whenfor general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximatelyreplace shear bolts with identical property class. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,

not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to thefull torque value.

Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher property class.If higher property class fasteners are used, these should only betightened to the strength of the original.

4-1-33 012704

PN=167

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

TX,9005,YY2037 –19–17APR02–1/1

Operational Checkout Procedure

Use this procedure to check all systems and functionson the machine. It is designed so you can make aquick check of machine operation while doing both awalk around inspection and performing specific checksfrom the operator’s seat.

Should you experience a problem with your machine,you will find helpful diagnostic information in thischeckout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table ofcontents to help find adjustment procedures. Thisinformation may allow you to perform simple repairsyourself, reducing machine down time.

The information obtained after completing theoperational checkout will allow you or your authorizeddealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed torestore the machine to specifications.

A location will be required which is level and hasadequate space to complete the checks. No tools orequipment are needed to perform this checkout.

Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oilcondition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machinemust be at operating temperature for many of thechecks.

Locate the check to be performed at the top of the leftcolumn and read completely down the column beforeperforming the check. Follow this sequence from left toright. In the far right column, if no problem is found,you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problemis indicated, you will be referred to either a group inthis manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.

– – –1/1

Gauge and Indicator Check With Engine Off

– – –1/1

Monitor Indicator Lightsand Alarm Checks

T158471 –UN–12AUG02

Turn key switch to ON position and hold.

LOOK: Are all monitor indicator lights on? Is STOP light ON and does alarm sound?

NOTE: Starting motor MUST NOT operate.

YES: Go to next check.

NO: Check monitor/gaugefuse. If motor starts andbulb check position is OK,key switch is failed orthere is a short in wiring.See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-1 012704

PN=168


– – –1/1

FNR, Neutral Start Circuit and Reverse Warning Alarm Checks

– – –1/1

FNR Switch Check

T7447AH –UN–04JAN91

Engine off.

Move FNR lever to forward (F), reverse (R), then neutral(N) position.

FEEL: Observe and feel forward, neutral and reversedetents.

Turn key switch to ON position. Move FNR lever intoforward and reverse.

LISTEN: Did you hear a "click" from the front consoleneutral start relay when the key switch was turned ON?


NO: If no "click", inspectneutral start relay. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Neutral Start Check Move FNR lever to forward (F) position and turn key switch to start position.

Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position and turn key switch to start position.

LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?


NO: See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

Start Circuit Check

T7447AH –UN–04JAN91

Move FNR lever to neutral (N) position and turn keyswitch to START position.

Observe and listen to monitor as engine is cranking.

LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?

LISTEN: Did alarm sound?

LOOK: During engine cranking, were all indicator lightsON? Is STOP indicator ON?


NO: If engine turns butdoes not start, check fuelshut-off/start aid/reversealarm fuse. If startingmotor does not operatecheck start fuse. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Reverse Warning AlarmCheck

T7447AI –UN–04JAN91

Key switch ON.

Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position.

LISTEN: Does reverse warning alarm sound?



4-2-2 012704

PN=169


– – –1/1

Park Brake, Indicator Light, and Engine Speed Control Linkage Checks

– – –1/1

Park Brake IndicatorCheck

T7447AG –UN–04JAN91 T158471 –UN–12AUG02

IMPORTANT: If engine oil pressure indicator light stays ON, STOP ENGINEIMMEDIATELY, check oil level.

Engage park brake.

Put FNR lever in neutral (N) and start the engine.

Put FNR lever in forward (F) position.

LOOK: Is STOP indicator ON? Does alarm sound? Are all other indicator lights out?

Release park brake.

LOOK/LISTEN: Is park brake indicator and STOP light out? Alarm will not sound.


NO: If engine low oilpressure indicator lightstays ON, STOP ENGINEIMMEDIATELY and checkoil level. If alternatorindicator light is ON,increase engine speed to1200 rpm and alternatorlight MUST go out.

– – –1/1

Engine Speed ControlPedal Linkage Check

T7394BF –UN–06JAN92

Depress speed control pedal

LISTEN: Does engine speed stay the same as withspeed control lever in fast idle position?

YES: Yes: Go to nextcheck.

NO: Adjust Speed ControlLinkage. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Brake System Checks

4-2-3 012704

PN=170


– – –1/1

Pedal Stop Check

T134625 –UN–19OCT00

Lift left and right brake pedals individually.

LOOK: Is there a minimal amount of travel before capscrews contact stop?

NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate shouldbe 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in.).

This travel ensures that brake check valves are openedand brakes are released.



– – –1/1

Brake System LeakageCheck

T134626 –UN–19OCT00

Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedalusing approximately 267 N (60 lb. force).

LOOK: Brake pedal must NOT feel spongy (caused byair in system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0in.) per minute?

SpecificationBrake System—MaximumLeakage 25 mm (1.0 in.) per

minute with approximately267 N (60 lb. force)

applied

.............................................

NO: Go to next check.

YES: Bleed brakesystem.

– – –1/1

Park Brake FunctionCheck

Start machine, move throttle to 1200 rpm.

Leave park brake ON.

Put FNR lever in forward position.

Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds ineach gear.

Move FNR lever to reverse position.

Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds ineach gear.

Move FNR lever back to neutral position.

Move throttle back to slow idle and shut the machine off.

LOOK: The machine MUST NOT move in any gear.

LOOK: Park Brake indicators MUST be lit.

LOOK: Stop light MUST be flashing.

LISTEN: An audible beeping alarm MUST be heard.

LISTEN: With the FNR In the reverse position, the reverse audible alarm MUST beheard.

YES: If the machinemoves in any gear, seeyour authorized dealer.

YES: If the indicators donot work, see yourauthorized dealer.


4-2-4 012704

PN=171


– – –1/1

Steering System Checks

– – –1/1

Steering Check Raise loader bucket above ground level.

Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers.

Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.

SpecificationSteering Check—Approximate EngineSpeed 1000 rpm.................................................................................................................

Turn steering wheel from full left to full right several times.

LOOK: Did front wheels move smoothly in both directions?

LOOK: When steering wheel was stopped, did front wheels stop moving?

NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels tocontinue to move after steering wheel is stopped.



– – –1/1

Hydraulic System Checks

– – –1/1

Stabilizer Cylinder andValve Check

Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm.

SpecificationStabilizer Cylinder and Valve Check—Approximate Engine Speed 1500 rpm...............................................................................

Position loader bucket above ground.

Lower each stabilizer cylinder and raise rear of machine off ground.

LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?

Retract each stabilizer cylinder.

LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up?


NO: Cylinders drift up ordown. Inspect lock outs.See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-5 012704

PN=172


– – –1/1

Backhoe and LoaderFunction Drift Check

T7374CI –UN–04OCT90

NOTE: Feel backhoe cylinders. Cylinder must be warmto touch (38—52°C [100—125°F]). If cylinders are notwarm, heat oil to specifications.

With backhoe fully extended, put backhoe bucket at a45° angle to ground.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature 38—52°C (100—125°F)

(Cylinders warm to touch)................................

Lower boom until bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.)off the ground.

Position loader bucket same distance off ground asbackhoe bucket.

Run engine at slow idle and observe bucket cuttingedge.

SpecificationBackhoe and LoaderFunction Drift Check—Engine Speed Slow idle.....................................................

LOOK: Do cutting edges touch ground within oneminute?

SpecificationBackhoe and LoaderFunction—Maximum Drift 50 mm (2.0 in.) in one

minute.............


YES: Verify whichfunction is drifting. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Hydraulic Control ValveLift Check Test

NOTE: Husco valves have one lift check for both work ports, and therefore only needto be checked in one direction.

Raise loader bucket 1 m (3.0 ft.) off the ground with the bucket level.

Position backhoe at maximum reach with bucket in dump position, 1 m (3.0 ft.) off theground.

Stop the engine.

Activate each function one at a time.

• Loader boom raise• Loader bucket rollback• Backhoe boom up• Dipperstick extend• Backhoe bucket dump

LOOK: Do functions move when the control lever is activated?


YES: Inspect controlvalve lift check. See yourauthorized dealer.

4-2-6 012704

PN=173


– – –1/1

Loader Boom FloatCheck

Put loader bucket at maximum height position with bucket dumped.

Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm.

SpecificationLoader Boom Float Check—ApproximateEngine Speed 1500 rpm.....................................................................................................

Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the sametime into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.

LOOK: Does loader control lever remain in the boom float detent position?


NO: If it jumps out ofdetent, check detentspring and detent balls.See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

Loader Return-to-DigCheck

T7374CH –UN–04OCT90

Early MachinesT164529B –UN–24JAN03

Later Machines

Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm.Position loader and bucket 2 m (6.0 ft) above ground level with bucket in full dumpposition.

Move the loader control lever into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand fromcontrol lever.

LOOK: Does loader control lever disengage from bucket rollback detent when bucketindicator pointer is aligned with mark (1) on boom pivot?

LOOK: When bucket is at ground level, bucket must be level and bucket indicatorpointer must be aligned with mark (1) on the boom pivot.


NO: Inspect return-to-digswitch and activationcam. See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

Ride Control SystemCheck

Run engine at high idle.

Push ride control switch to on position.

Raise boom to maximum height.

Power boom down half-way to ground.

Stop suddenly by releasing loader control lever.

LOOK: Is boom cushioned when loader control valve is released?



4-2-7 012704

PN=174


– – –1/2

Cycle Times Check—310G

CAUTION: Makesure area is clearand large enoughto operate allfunctions ofmachine.

IMPORTANT: Warmhydraulic oil to operatingtemperature for thischeck.

Engine at fast idle.

Oil temperature: 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)

Record cycle time for each function.

SpecificationLoader boom raise (bucket flat onground-to-full height)—Maximum CycleTime (Seconds) 6.7............................................................................................................Loader boom lower—Powered (fullheight-to-bucket flat on ground)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 3.1.................................................................................Loader boom lower—Float (fullheight-to-bucket flat on ground)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 3.0.................................................................................Loader bucket dump (boom just aboveground—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.7.....................................................................................................................Loader bucket dump (boom at fullheight)—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.0.....................................................................................................................Loader bucket curl (boom just aboveground)—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 3.4.....................................................................................................................Loader bucket curl (boom at fullheight)—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.6.....................................................................................................................Backhoe boom raise (backhoe atmaximum reach, bucket teeth onground-to-boom at cushion)—MaximumCycle Time (Seconds) 2.3..................................................................................................Backhoe boom lower (backhoe atmaximum reach, bucket teeth onground-to-boom at cushion)—MaximumCycle Time (Seconds) 2.4..................................................................................................Crowd in (boom in transport position)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 3.5.................................................................................Crowd out (boom in transport position)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.7.................................................................................Backhoe bucket dump—Maximum CycleTime (Seconds) 1.8............................................................................................................Backhoe bucket curl—Maximum CycleTime (Seconds) 2.7............................................................................................................Backhoe swing (boom raised to cushion,bucket curled, dipperstick parallel toground—cylinder-cushion-to-cylindercushion (180°))—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 4.4.....................................................................................................................Extendible dipperstick extend—IfEquipped—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.4.....................................................................................................................Extendible dipperstick retract—IfEquipped—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.6.....................................................................................................................Right stabilizer down (full up-to-groundlevel)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 1.9.....................................................................Right stabilizer up (ground level-to-fullup)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.5........................................................................Left stabilizer down (full up-to-groundlevel)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.0.....................................................................Left stabilizer up (ground level-to-fullup)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.5........................................................................Steering right to left—Turns 2.3 to 3..................................................................................Steering left to right—Turns 2.3 to 3..................................................................................

4-2-8 012704

PN=175


–19– –2/2

SpecificationSteering right to left (MFWD)—Turns 2.3 to 3...................................................................Steering left to right (MFWD)—Turns 2.3 to 3...................................................................

Does machine perform within specifications?



4-2-9 012704

PN=176


– – –1/2

Cycle Times Check—310SG, 315SG

CAUTION: Makesure area is clearand large enoughto operate allfunctions ofmachine.

IMPORTANT: Warmhydraulic oil to operatingtemperature for thischeck.

Engine at fast idle.

Oil temperature: 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)

Record cycle time for each function.

SpecificationLoader boom raise (bucket flat onground-to-full height)—Maximum CycleTime (Seconds) 6.4............................................................................................................Loader boom lower—Powered (fullheight-to-bucket flat on ground)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.9.................................................................................Loader boom lower—Float (fullheight-to-bucket flat on ground)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.8.................................................................................Loader bucket dump (boom just aboveground—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.6.....................................................................................................................Loader bucket dump (boom at fullheight)—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 1.9.....................................................................................................................Loader bucket curl (boom just aboveground)—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 3.2.....................................................................................................................Loader bucket curl (boom at fullheight)—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.5.....................................................................................................................Backhoe boom raise (backhoe atmaximum reach, bucket teeth onground-to-boom at cushion)—MaximumCycle Time (Seconds) 2.2..................................................................................................Backhoe boom lower (backhoe atmaximum reach, bucket teeth onground-to-boom at cushion)—MaximumCycle Time (Seconds) 2.3..................................................................................................Crowd in (boom in transport position)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 3.3.................................................................................Crowd out (boom in transport position)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.6.................................................................................Backhoe bucket dump—Maximum CycleTime (Seconds) 1.7............................................................................................................Backhoe bucket curl—Maximum CycleTime (Seconds) 2.6............................................................................................................Backhoe swing (boom raised to cushion,bucket curled, dipperstick parallel toground—cylinder-cushion-to-cylindercushion (180°))—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 4.2.....................................................................................................................Extendible dipperstick extend—IfEquipped—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.3.....................................................................................................................Extendible dipperstick retract—IfEquipped—Maximum Cycle Time(Seconds) 2.5.....................................................................................................................Right stabilizer down (full up-to-groundlevel)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 1.8.....................................................................Right stabilizer up (ground level-to-fullup)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.4........................................................................Left stabilizer down (full up-to-groundlevel)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 1.9.....................................................................Left stabilizer up (ground level-to-fullup)—Maximum Cycle Time (Seconds) 2.4........................................................................Steering right to left—Turns 3.2 to 4.2...............................................................................Steering left to right—Turns 2.5 to 3.5...............................................................................

4-2-10 012704

PN=177


–19– –2/2

SpecificationSteering right to left (MFWD)—Turns 2.5 to 3.5................................................................Steering left to right (MFWD)—Turns 2.5 to 3.5................................................................

Does machine perform within specifications?



– – –1/1

Pilot Control Operation Checks—If Equipped

– – –1/1

Pilot Control TowerOperating/StoredPosition Check

Move pilot control towers into operating position.

Release towers.

LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in operating position?

Move pilot control towers into stored position.

LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in stored position?


NO: Inspect pilot controltowers. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Pilot ControlEnable/Disable SwitchCheck

Run engine at 1500 rpm.

Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket.

Disable pilot controls and move control levers.

LOOK: Do activated functions move?

NO: Continue with check.

YES: See your authorizeddealer.

Enable pilot controls and move control levers.

LOOK: Do activated functions move?



4-2-11 012704

PN=178


– – –1/1

Pilot Control PatternSelect Switch Check

Enable pilot controls.

Select backhoe from the two position pattern select switch.

Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward.

LOOK: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated?

Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?

YES: Continue withcheck.


Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch.

Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward.

LOOK: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated?

Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?



– – –1/1

Pilot Control ValveCheck


Move pilot control levers in all directions.

FEEL/LOOK: Do levers move freely in all directions?

FEEL/LOOK: Do levers spring back to neutral when released?


NO: If pilot control leversbind during travel or donot return to neutralposition, inspect controlsand towers. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Pilot ControlAccumulator Check

Run engine at 1500 rpm.

Operators seat in backhoe position.


Disengage boom from boom lock.

Hold boom up function over relief for ten seconds.

Turn engine off, and turn key switch to on.

NOTE: Pilot control enable switch must be cycled after key switch is turned back intoon position.

Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position.

Activate boom down function.

LOOK: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?



4-2-12 012704

PN=179


– – –1/1

Check Operation Of Accessories (Engine Stopped)

– – –1/1

Front Light Switch Check Turn key switch to ON position.

Push front light rocker switch to middle position.

LOOK: Are two front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?

Push front light rocker switch in completely.

LOOK: Are four front lights (if equipped), two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?


NO: Check fuse andbulbs. Check wiring. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Rear Light Switch Check Turn key switch to ON position.

Push side console rear light rocker switch in.

LOOK: Are rear lights ON?



– – –1/1

Turn Signal Check Turn key switch to ON position.

Push right side of turn signal rocker switch down.

LOOK: Are right front and rear amber lights flashing? Does right indicator light on topof steering column flash?

Push left side of turn signal rocker switch down.

LOOK: Are left front and rear amber lights flashing? Does left indicator light on top ofsteering column flash?


NO: Check fuses andwiring. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Brake Light SwitchCheck

Key switch in the ON position.

Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal.

LOOK: Rear brake light must come ON when either pedal is depressed with key switchin ON position.



– – –1/1

Cab Component Checks

4-2-13 012704

PN=180


– – –1/1

Warning Light Check Key switch ON.

Push bottom of warning light rocker switch in.

LOOK: Are both front and rear amber lights ON? Are both turn signal indicators andlight in warning light rocker switch flashing?



– – –1/1

Horn Check Turn key switch to ON position.

Push horn button

LISTEN: Did horn sound?



– – –1/1

Air Conditioner Engine at fast idle.

Turn air conditioner switch to ON position.

Turn blower switch to high speed.

Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate.

Is air from ducts cool?

See Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Controls—If Equipped. (See Section 2-1 formore detailed information.)

YES: Check complete.

NO: Go to yourauthorized dealer

– – –1/1

Miscellaneous Checks

– – –1/1

Seat Control Check

T103194 –UN–20AUG96

Lift lever (1).

Move seat forward and rearward and release lever.

LOOK: Does seat move up or down and remain indesired position?

LOOK: Does seat latch move freely and hold seat indesired position?

LOOK: Does lever move freely and lock seat in desiredposition?

FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in desiredpositions?

FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in loaderand backhoe positions?


NO: Lubricate or repairlinkage.

See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-14 012704

PN=181


– – –1/1

Seat Position SwitchCheck

NOTE: This check shouldbe performed on levelground.

Engine speed at low idle.

Lower all equipment to ground.


Release park brake.

FNR in forward or reverse.

LISTEN: Does monitor alarm sound and is stop indicator on?



The following two checks are for machines with pilot controls.


NOTE: Pilot control towers should be in stored position for ease of rotating seat.

Enable pilot controls (switch in unlock position).

Activate a function and rotate seat towards loader position.

LOOK: Does backhoe function stop after seat has been rotated at least 15° out ofbackhoe position?



Rotate operators seat to loader position.


Release park brake.

FNR in forward or reverse.

LOOK/LISTEN: Does monitor alarm sound and does monitor display HOE On?



– – –1/1

Rear Windows Latch andOpener Checks CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement.

Squeeze latches on both sides of upper rear window. Lower window to rubberbumpers.

LOOK: Does window latch?

LOOK: Do window catches hold and not bow the windows in the up and downposition?

Always lock hydraulics when not operating backhoe or opening/closing window.


NO: Check forobstructions. See yourauthorized dealer.

4-2-15 012704

PN=182


– – –1/1

Side Window Checks

T6171DF –UN–09DEC88

Open front and rear side windows.

Fasten rear window against front window.

Fasten front window against rear window

Fasten windows with latches

LOOK/FEEL: Do hinges move freely? Are locking latchesequally loaded when closed?


NO: Adjust windows. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

Miscellaneous MachineComponents Checks

Verify the following are working properly and all mounting brackets and hardware aretight.

• All latches and locks.• Hood and access doors.• Hoses and clamps.• Fan shroud and fan guard• Fan direction

YES: Check complete.

NO: Repair or replace ifnecessary.

4-2-16 012704

PN=183

Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

HG31779,0000020 –19–16APR02–1/1

Troubleshooting Procedure

NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from thesimplest to verify, to least likely, more difficult toverify. When diagnosing a problem, use allpossible means to isolate the problem to a singlecomponent or system. Use the following steps todiagnose problems:

Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts

Step 3. Adjustments

Step 4. See your authorized dealer.

4-3-1 012704

PN=184


HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–1/4

Engine

Symptom Problem Solution

Engine Cranks, But Will Not Start Fuel tank empty. Check fuel quantity.or Starts Hard

Fuel tank vent plugged. Remove cap and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

No electrical power to ECU. Turn key switch to ON position.Replace fuse. Repair wiring.

Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel Drain water from fuel tank. Inspectline. fuel filter for water. Change filter.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel. Check fuel tank outlet strainer fortype of fuel debris. Check bottom offuel tank for debris. Clean tank. Addfuel. Check grade of fuel. Addcorrect fuel.

Air leak on suction side of fuel Check for bubbles in fuel filter andsystem. tighten connections. Inspect fuel

lines for damage.

Fuel transfer pump diaphragm Check engine oil for fuel dilution.leaking.

Slow cranking speed. Check battery and connections.Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).

Restricted air filter. Check air filter restriction indicatorand air filters. Clean.

Restricted fuel filter. Replace fuel filter.

ECU fuse. Replace fuse.


4-3-2 012704

PN=185


HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–2/4


Engine Surges or Stalls Air in fuel. Inspect filter for evidence of air inFrequently fuel. Tighten connections and bleed

fuel system.

Fuel tank vent plugged. Remove cap and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel. Check fuel tank outlet strainer fordebris. Check bottom of fuel tank fordebris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Checkgrade of fuel.

Water in fuel. Drain fuel tank and inspect filterelement for water. Replace filters.

Fuel filter plugged. Replace filter.

Improper valve clearance. Check and adjust valve clearance.

Engine Misses Air in fuel. Check for evidence of air in filter.Tighten connections and bleed fuelsystem.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel. Check fuel tank for water. Check fueltank strainer and fuel filter for debris.Clean. Check grade of fuel.

Incorrect valve clearance. Check and adjust valve clearance.

Engine Does Not Develop Power Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged. Check fuel tank for water or debris.Remove and clean.

Fuel filter plugged. Replace fuel filter.

Wrong grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Air system restricted. Check air filter restriction and airfilters. Clean.

Incorrect valve clearance. Adjust valve clearance.

Engine Emits Excessive Black or Restricted air filter. Check air filter restriction and airGray Exhaust Smoke filters. Clean or replace.

Incorrect grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

4-3-3 012704

PN=186



HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–3/4


Engine Emits Excessive Blue or Cranking speed too slow. Check batteries and connections.White Smoke

Incorrect grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Slow Acceleration Wrong grade of fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Detonation (Excess Engine Low engine oil level. Add oil.Knock)

Abnormal Engine Noise Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin). Add correct oil to proper level.

Engine oil diluted with fuel. Inspect engine oil. See yourauthorized dealer.

Low Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure Low oil level. Add oil to proper level. InspectLight On—Red "Stop" Flashing) engine oil.

Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted with Change oil and see your authorizeddiesel fuel. dealer.

Engine Overheats (Engine Low coolant level. Fill cooling system and check forCoolant Indicator Light On and leaks.Red "Stop" Flashing)

Low engine oil level. Add oil.

Engine overloaded, operating in Reduce load.wrong gear

Improper fuel. Drain and add correct fuel.

Radiator cap. Replace cap.


4-3-4 012704

PN=187


HG31779,0000021 –19–16APR02–4/4


Excessive Fuel Consumption Air system restricted. Check filter restriction indicator andair filters. Replace.

Leakage in fuel system. Inspect. Repair.

Incorrect grade of fuel. Refill with correct fuel.

Operator holding hydraulics over Return control levers to neutralrelief. position.

Excessive Drag In Turbocharger Bearing seizure or dirty or worn Check for plugged air filters.Rotating Members bearings caused by excessive

temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirtyoil, oil starvation, or insufficientlubrication.

4-3-5 012704

PN=188


HG31779,0000022 –19–16APR02–1/3

Electrical System


Starting Motor Will Not Turn Start fuse. Check and replace if necessary.

Loose red connector. Check under loader control lever andpush connectors together.

Starter. Listen for “click” from startersolenoid. If “click” is not heard, thestarter control circuit is functioning. If“click” is not heard, repair starter.See your authorized dealer.

Start relay. With the machine in neutral andclutch disconnect switch depressed,remove left-hand engine side shieldand listen for “click” from starterrelay when the key switch is movedto START position. If “click” is heard,the key switch, circuit breaker, startfuse, connectors, and neutral startswitch are functioning and the starterrelay, relay ground, or starter isworn. See your authorized dealer.

Depress clutch disconnect switch.

Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor or corroded connections at Inspect, clean, and tighten ifbattery, battery ground strap, or necessary.starter.

Engine Cranks Slowly Loose or corroded battery cables. Inspect and clean or tighten.

Loose battery ground cable. Open battle cry cover and inspectand tighten battery ground cable.

Excessive power train load. Depress clutch disconnect switch.

Excessive engine load. Change engine oil to proper gradefor temperature.


4-3-6 012704

PN=189


HG31779,0000022 –19–16APR02–2/3


Starting Motor Continues To Run Starter solenoid stuck. Lightly tap on case of startersolenoid.

Starter not disengaging. Lightly tap on starter case todetermine if starter “shift” lever isstuck.

Starter relay stuck on. Lightly tap on starter relay todetermine if relay is stuck.

Battery Uses Too Much Water Cracked battery case. Replace battery.

High ambient temperature. Refill with distilled water.

Battery cell. Check if one or more cells take morewater than others.

Cracked Battery Case No battery hold down clamp. Replace battery and install holddown clamp.

Loose battery hold down clamp. Replace battery and install holddown clamp.

Battery hold down clamp too tight. Replace battery and install batteryhold down clamp properly.

Frozen battery. Keep battery full charged in coldweather.

Low Battery Output Low water level. Add water.

Dirty or wet battery top causing Clean and wipe battery top dry.discharge.

Corroded or loose battery cables. Clean and tighten battery cables.

Broken battery post. Wiggle battery post by hand. If postwiggles or turns, replace battery.


4-3-7 012704

PN=190


HG31779,0000022 –19–16APR02–3/3


Charging Indicator Light Loose or glazed alternator belt. Check belt. Replace if glazed. CheckRemains On With Engine automatic tension for damage.Running Replace if damaged.

Engine rpm low. Raise engine rpm above 1000 rpm.If light remains on, see yourauthorized dealer.

Loose or corroded electrical Inspect. Clean, or tighten electricalconnections on battery, ground connections.strap, starter, or alternator.

Monitor/gauge fuse. Turn key switch to BULB CHECKposition. If no lights, replace fuse.

Alternator Light Out But Low Indicator light bulb. Inspect and replace if necessary.Charging System Voltage

Loose wiring connector. Inspect and repair.

Noisy Alternator Worn bearings in alternator. Remove belt and feel for roughbearing while turning alternatorpulley.

Drive belt. Inspect and replace if necessary.

Pulley not aligned. Inspect.

Loose alternator belt or mounting. Inspect and tighten if necessary.

4-3-8 012704

PN=191


HG31779,0000024 –19–16APR02–1/3

Gauges and Indicators


Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No Start relay fuse. Replace fuse.indicator Lights, Machine WillNot Crank

Poor or loose red connector from Push red connector together underrelay. loader control lever.

Poor or loose ground connection. Check ground screw under loadercontrol lever.

Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No Gauge fuse. Replace fuse.Indicator Lights, But MachineWill Crank

Poor or loose ground connection. Check ground screw under loadercontrol lever.

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. IfIndicator Light Does Not Indicate no light, replace bulb.Overheating or Bulb Does NotLight In BULB CHECK Position

Sender. Replace sender.

Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Gauge fuse. Replace fuse.Will Not Light

Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. Ifno light, replace bulb.

Wire, connector or sender. Ground yellow wire at sender.Indicator must light. If not, repairwiring or replace sender.

Alternator Indicator Will Not Monitor/gauge fuse. Replace fuse.Light

Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. Ifindicator does not light, replace bulb.

Monitor Lights Do Not Come On Monitor/gauge fuse. Replace fuse.During BULB CHECK

Indicator light. Replace bulb.

4-3-9 012704

PN=192



HG31779,0000024 –19–16APR02–2/3


Fuel Gauge Shows Empty At All Poor ground connections at gauge. Remove dash panel and checkTimes gauge mounting hardware.

Poor power connection at gauge. Remove dash panel and checkgauge mounting hardware.

Hole in fuel sender float. Look at float in tank to see if it isfloating. Replace sender unit.Ground fuel sender. Gauge mustindicate full. If it does not, the wiringis defective. Repair wiring. See yourauthorized dealer.

Gauge. Replace gauge.

Fuel Gauge Shows Full At All Open circuit at sender or wire. Remove wire at sender. If gauge stillTimes indicates full, locate and repair short

between sender and gauge.

Sender float stuck. Look in fuel tank. See if float isabove fuel level. Repair or replacesender. Remove sender wire. Ifgauge still indicates full, replacegauge.

Horn Does Not Sound Horn ground. Ground horn to machine frame.

Horn fuse. Check and replace.

Horn. Replace horn.

Horn button. Replace horn button.

Windshield Wiper Does Not Wiper fuse. Check and replace.Operate

Loose or broken wire. Inspect wiring for breaks or looseconnections. Repair.

Heater Fan Does Not Operate Heater fuse. Check and replace.

Loose or broken wire. Inspect wiring for breaks or looseconnections. Repair.

4-3-10 012704

PN=193



HG31779,0000024 –19–16APR02–3/3


No Work or Driving Lights Driving light fuse. Check and replace.

Poor ground. Inspect and tighten.

Burned out bulb. Replace with new bulb.

Rear Lights Do Not Operate Loose connector in wiring harness of Inspect and reconnect.ROPS.

Poor ground at light. Inspect and tighten.

Dim Lights Low battery charge. Check battery connections.

Low alternator output. Check belt tension and adjust.

Poor ground at lights. Clean and tighten.

Return-to-Dig Does Not Operate Return-to-dig/beacon/pump fuse. Replace fuse.

Boom switch out of adjustment. Check cam to see if it activatesswitch. Adjust as required.

Wiring. Inspect and repair wiring.

Neutral Disconnect Does Not FNR/park brake fuse. Replace fuse.Disengage.

Wire. Inspect and repair wire.

Solenoid. Replace solenoid. See yourauthorized dealer.

4-3-11 012704

PN=194


HG31779,0000023 –19–16APR02–1/2

Hydraulic System


Reservoir Drains When Changing Return tube vent hole in reservoir Remove, inspect and repair.Hydraulic Filter may be plugged.

Vent tube broken off inside reservoir. Remove and repair.

No Loader Or Steering Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.Hydraulics

Pump problem. Remove hydraulic filter and inspect.If filter contains excessive amountsof metal material, see yourauthorized dealer.

Obstruction in oil lines or valves. Inspect for pinched lines or stuckvalve spools.

Low Hydraulic Power Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect andtighten.

Low oil level. Check oil levels.

Slow Hydraulic Functions Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.

Engine rpm too low. Increase rpm or check enginespeed. (See Check Engine Speed inthis manual.)

Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect andtighten.

Hose or line leakage. Inspect and tighten fittings.

Slow Loader And Backhoe Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. SuctionHydraulics (Low Pump Output) hose has air leak; inspect and

tighten.

Low Hydraulic Power (Low Low oil level (no aeration of oil). Add oil to correct level.Hydraulic Pressure)


4-3-12 012704

PN=195



HG31779,0000023 –19–16APR02–2/2


Hydraulic Function Makes Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.Chattering Noise


Hydraulic Oil Overheats Excessive load. Reduce load.

Operator holding hydraulic system Return levers to neutral when not inover relief. use.

Oil levels too low in reservoir. Check levels and add oil. Userecommended oil.

Using low viscosity oil in hot Use recommended oil.weather.

Hydraulic cooling system restricted Clean around radiators and coolers.

Plugged oil cooler. Clean oil cooler.

Foaming Oil Oil level too low or too high. Check oil level. Adjust to full markon sight gauge.

Incorrect type of oil. Use recommended oil.

Oil maintenance not performed. Perform correct maintenance.

Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.

Hydraulic filter bypass valve Replace filter. Inspect, clean, andchattering. repair.

No Response When Steering Low oil level Check reservoir oil level.Wheel Is Turned

Machine Turns In Opposite Steering cylinder lines not connected Connect steering cylinder lines toDirection properly. opposite ports.

4-3-13 012704

PN=196


HG31779,0000025 –19–16APR02–1/1

Transmission


Machine Will Not Move In Low oil level in transmission. Add oil to correct level.Forward or Reverse

Broken drive shafts. Inspect drive shafts and universaljoints for external damage. See yourauthorized dealer.

Transmission Slippage Low oil level. Add oil.

Wrong oil grade. Change oil.

Machine Lacks Power or Moves Oil level is low. Add oil to correct level.Slow

Wrong oil, aerated oil. Change oil.

Brake dragging. Check for excessive heat in brakearea of axle housing after operatingmachine. See your authorizeddealer.

Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low or high oil level (aeration of oil). Add oil or drain.

Wrong oil. Change oil.

Transmission Overheats Oil level too high or too low. Check oil level and correct.

Incorrect type of oil. Drain and replace oil.

Excessive Gear Clash When Attempt to shift too fast. See Operator’s Manual forShifting instructions.

Shifting without using disconnect Depress clutch disconnect whenclutch. shifting.

Transmission Pressure Light Cold oil. Warm oil to specifications.Comes On

Low oil level. Add oil.

Plugged oil filter. Inspect filter. Replace.

NOTE: If any other problems are encountered which require special tools or machine knowledge to correct, see yourauthorized dealer.

4-3-14 012704

PN=197

Miscellaneous—Storage

TX,105,FF2313 –19–16NOV00–1/1

Prepare Machine For Storage

T47

764

–UN

–09N

OV

88

T58

13A

M–U

N–0

9FE

B89

1. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, ifnecessary, to avoid needless delays later.

2. Clean primary air cleaner.

IMPORTANT: High pressure washing greater than1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) candamage freshly painted finishes. Paintshould be allowed to air dry for 30 daysminimum after receipt of machinebefore cleaning parts or machines withhigh pressure. Use low pressure washoperations until 30 days have elapsed.

3. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) until 30 daysafter receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas toprevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.

4. Apply waste oil to track chains. Run machine back andforth several times. Park machine on a hard surface toprevent tracks from freezing to ground.

5. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If storedoutside, cover with a waterproof material.

IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroypainted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3Rust Inhibitor on painted areas.

6. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coatexposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.

7. Place a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag on the right controllever.

8. Lubricate all grease points.

9. Remove batteries.

10. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.

11. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.

LPS is a trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation.

4-4-1 012704

PN=198

Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers

CED,OUO1079,460 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Record Product Identification Number (PIN)

T13

2526

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Product Identification Number Tag

Purchase Date

Product Identification Number

NOTE: Record all 13 characters of Product IdentificationNumber.

HG31779,00000C0 –19–26JUL02–1/1

Record Engine Serial Number

T15

8050

B–U

N–2

6JU

L02

A—Engine Serial Number Tag

Engine Serial Number

OUO1079,000028B –19–19SEP00–1/1

Record Transmission Serial Number—ManualShift

T13

4818

D–U

N–2

5OC

T00

A—Transmission Serial Number Tag

Transmission Serial Number

CED,OUO1079,462 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Record Transmission Serial Number—Powershift—(310SG, 315SG)

T13

2445

D–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Transmission Serial Number Tag

Transmission Serial Number

4-5-1 012704

PN=199

Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers

CED,OUO1079,463 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number

T13

2527

B–U

N–1

3JU

L00

A—Rear Axle Serial Number Tag

Rear Axle Housing Serial Number

TX,120,RR4373 –19–13JUL00–1/1

Record (MFWD) Front Axle Housing SerialNumber—If Equipped

T10

3544

–UN

–04S

EP

96

A—MFWD Front Axle Serial Number Tag

MFWD Front Axle Housing Serial Number

4-5-2 012704

PN=200

Miscellaneous—Specifications

CED,OUO1079,399 –19–03SEP02–1/1

Travel Speeds

Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L-24rear tires:


With Manual Shift Transmission

1 Forward Speed 5.8 km/hr (3.6 mph)


3 Forward Speed 22.4km/hr (13.9 mph)


1 Reverse Speed 6.4 km/hr (4.0 mph)




With Powershift Transmission—(310SG, 315SG only)









NOTE: Heavily equipped machines and smaller tires mayresult in slower travel speeds.

4-6-1 012704

PN=201


HG31779,00001B3 –19–04DEC02–1/1

Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities


Engine Coolant Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

Engine Oil (including filter)— Capacity 13 L (13.7 qt)Turbocharged

Engine Oil (including filter)—Naturally Capacity 7.5 L (7.9 qt)Aspirated (310G Only)

Torque Converter and Transmission Capacity 15 L (16 qt)System

Rear Axle Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

MFWD Front Axle Housing Capacity 6.5 L (7 qt)

MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Capacity 1 L (1.1 qt)Housing (each)

Fuel Tank Capacity 136 L (36 gal)

Hydraulic System Reservoir Capacity 37 L (39 qt)

4-6-2 012704

PN=202


OUO1079,000025E –19–12SEP00–1/1

310G Specifications

T11

5805

–UN

–11J

UN

98

4-6-3 012704

PN=203


OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–1/5

310G Backhoe Loader Dimensions

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Whenever applicable,specifications are in accordance with SAEStandards. Unless otherwise noted, thesespecifications are based on a standard machinewith 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.


A—Loading Height, Truck LoadingPosition

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.3 m (10 ft 11 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.38 m (11 ft 1 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 4.24 m (13 ft 11 in.)Extended

B—Reach from Center of SwingMast

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m (17 ft 10 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.51 m (18 ft 1 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.53 m (21 ft 5 in.)Extended

C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle




4-6-4 012704

PN=204



OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–2/5


D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.34 m (14 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 5.46 m (17 ft 11 in.)Extended

E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm(2 ft) Flat Bottom




F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm(8 ft) Flat Bottom




G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Ground Clearance Minimum Distance 305 mm (12 in.)

H—Bucket Rotation

Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°

I—Transport Height


4-6-5 012704

PN=205



OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–3/5


J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.09 m (23 ft 3 in.)

K—Stabilizer Width, Transport

Backhoe Width 2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)

L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating


M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread(Less Loader Bucket)


N—Width Over Tires


O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.74 m (9 ft 0 in.)

P—Front Wheel to Loader DigPosition

Backhoe Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

Q—Wheelbase


R—Maximum Height to LoaderBucket Hinge Pin

Maximum Height to Loader Bucket Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)Hinge Pin

4-6-6 012704

PN=206



OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–4/5


S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucketat 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.59 m (8 ft 6 in.)

T—Maximum Loader Bucket DumpAngle

Maximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle 45°Angle

U—Reach at Full Height, LoaderBucket at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Distance 785 mm (30.9 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Distance 767 mm (30.2 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm (32.2 in.)

V—Loader Bucket Rollback atGround Level

Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground Angle 40°Level

W—Dig Below Ground—LoaderBucket Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Depth 160 mm (6.3 in.)(1.12 yd3)

4-6-7 012704

PN=207



OUO1079,000025F –19–12SEP00–5/5


Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Depth 175 mm (6.9 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 197 mm (7.8 in.)

4-6-8 012704

PN=208


OUO1079,0000260 –19–07MAR02–1/1

310G Backhoe Loader

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable,

specifications are in accordance withStandards.


Engine—John Deere 4045T—Altitude Compensated

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE gross 63 kW (84 hp)

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE net 60 kW (80 hp)

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)

Engine Torque Rise Torque 30%

Maximum Engine Net Torque Torque 346 N•m (255 lb-ft)

Electrical System Voltage 12-volt

Engine—John Deere 4045D NA

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE gross 57 kW (76 hp)







Alternator Amperage 65 amps

Alternator with Cab Amperage 95 amps

4-6-9 012704

PN=209


OUO1079,0000262 –19–12SEP00–1/1

310G Backhoe Loader Weight


Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 5806 kg (12,800 lb)

Cab Added Weight 263 kg (580 lb)

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 168 kg (370 lb)

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 200 kg (440 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 181 kg (400 lb)


HG31779,00001F1 –19–24FEB03–1/1

310G Buckets

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb

Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)

2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)

Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)


Backhoe: mm (in.) m3 (cu ft) kg (lb)

Standard duty 457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 118 (260)

610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 136 (300)

Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.11 (2.8) 109 (240)

457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 132 (290)

610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 1 (340)54

762 (30) 0.25 (8.8) 172 (380)

4-6-10 012704

PN=210


OUO1079,0000264 –19–12SEP00–1/1

310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—Standard Dipperstick

T10

3604

–19–

10S

EP

96

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard DipperstickBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Liftcapacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on theswing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tippingload. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standardbucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standardequipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improvesside stability, therefore improving lift capacity tothe side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

4-6-11 012704

PN=211


OUO1079,0000265 –19–12SEP00–1/1

310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted)

T10

3605

–19–

10S

EP

96

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, RetractedBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)



4-6-12 012704

PN=212


OUO1079,0000266 –19–12SEP00–1/1

310G Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick (Extended)

T10

3606

–19–

10S

EP

96




4-6-13 012704

PN=213


CED,OUO1079,475 –19–17JUL00–1/1

310SG and 315SG Specifications

T11

5805

–UN

–11J

UN

98

4-6-14 012704

PN=214


CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–1/5

310SG and 315SG Backhoe LoaderDimensions

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Whenever applicable,specifications are in accordance with SAEStandards. Unless otherwise noted, thesespecifications are based on a standard machinewith 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.


A—Loading Height, Truck LoadingPosition



Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 4.29 m (14 ft 1 in.)Extended

B—Reach from Center of SwingMast




C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle




4-6-15 012704

PN=215



CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–2/5


D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.42 m (14 ft 6 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.55 m (14 ft 11 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 5.61 m (18 ft 5 in.)Extended

E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm(2 ft) Flat Bottom




F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm(8 ft) Flat Bottom




G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Ground Clearance Minimum Clearance 330 mm (13 in.)

H—Bucket Rotation

Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°

I—Transport Height


4-6-16 012704

PN=216



CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–3/5



J—Overall Length, Transport


K—Stabilizer Width, Transport


L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating


M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread(Less Loader Bucket)—310SG


M—Overall Width, StabilizerSpread—315SG


N—Width Over Tires


O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.79 m (9 ft 2 in.)

P—Front Wheel to Loader DigPosition

Backhoe Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

4-6-17 012704

PN=217



CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–4/5


Q—Wheelbase


R—Maximum Height to LoaderBucket Hinge Pin

Maximum Height to Loader Bucket Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)Hinge Pin

S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucketat 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Clearance 2.64 m (8 ft 8 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.62 m (8 ft 7 in.)

T—Maximum Loader Bucket DumpAngle

Maximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle 45°Angle

U—Reach at Full Height, LoaderBucket at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Distance 767 mm (30.2 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Distance 765 mm (30.1 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm (32.2 in.)


4-6-18 012704

PN=218


CED,OUO1079,476 –19–17JUL00–5/5


V—Loader Bucket Rollback atGround Level

Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground Angle 40°Level

W—Dig Below Ground—LoaderBucket Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Depth 163 mm (6.4 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Depth 206 mm (8.1 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 185 mm (7.3 in.)

4-6-19 012704

PN=219


CED,OUO1079,477 –19–25JUL01–1/1

310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable,

specifications are in accordance withStandards.


Engine—John Deere 4045T

Rated Power @ 2300 rpm Power SAE gross 69kW (93 hp)







Alternator Amperage 65 amps

Alternator with Cab Amperage 95 amps

CED,OUO1079,479 –19–17JUL00–1/1

310SG and 315SG Backhoe Loader Weight


Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 6123 kg (13,500 lb)

Cab Added Weight 263 kg (580 lb)

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 220 kg (485 lb)

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 222 kg (490 lb)



4-6-20 012704

PN=220


TX,110,BD2212 –19–08OCT96–1/1

310SG, 315SG Buckets


Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb

Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)

2340 (92) 1.00 (1.30) 476 (1050)

Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)

2340 (92) 0.96 (1.25) 762 (1680)


Backhoe: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Ft) kg (lb)

Standard duty 610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 159 (350)

Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.09 (3.3) 117 (258)

457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 151 (334)

610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 180 (396)

610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 216 (476)

762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 202 (444)

914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)

Severe duty 457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 164 (362)

610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 192 (424)

610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 206 (455)

762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 215 (475)

Ditch cleaning 914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)

4-6-21 012704

PN=221


CED,OUO1079,481 –19–17JUL00–1/1

310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Standard Dipperstick

T10

3504

–19–

10S

EP

96

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard DipperstickBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)



4-6-22 012704

PN=222


CED,OUO1079,482 –19–17JUL00–1/1

310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted)

T10

3505

–19–

10S

EP

96


4-6-23 012704

PN=223


CED,OUO1079,483 –19–17JUL00–1/1

310SG And 315SG Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended)

T10

3506

–19–

10S

EP

96


4-6-24 012704

PN=224

Miscellaneous—Crime Prevention Tips

DX,CRPRV,A –19–03MAR93–1/1

Help Prevent Crime

TS

140

–19–

07O

CT

88

You can help take a bite out of crime by properlydocumenting ownership and discouraging theft.

DX,CRPRV,H –19–04JUN90–1/1

Record Construction Identification Numbers

TS

156

–UN

–23M

AR

89

1. Mark your machines with your own unique numberingsystem.

2. Record the Product Identification Number (PIN) of theunit and also individual component identificationnumbers for engines, axles, pumps, etc. Include thePIN numbers on all documentation, such as insurance,financial, and warranty papers.

DX,CRPRV,I –19–04JUN90–1/1

Keep Proof of Ownership

TS

157

–UN

–23M

AR

89

1. Take color photographs from several angles of eachmachine.

2. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all your machines.

3. Keep your documented identification numbers, colorphotographs, and inventory in a safe, secure location.

DX,CRPRV,J –19–04JUN90–1/1

Park Indoors Out of Sight

TS

158

–UN

–23M

AR

89

Make machines hard to move:

• Park large equipment in front of exits.• Lower equipment to the ground. Remove key.• Remove battery when unit is in storage.• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.• Lock building.

4-7-1 012704

PN=225


DX,CRPRV,K –19–04JUN90–1/1

When Parking Outdoors

TS

144

–UN

–23A

UG

88

Make machines hard to move:

• Park in a well-lighted, fenced area.• Lower all equipment to the ground.• Remove ignition key.• Remove battery when unit is storage.• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.

DX,CRPRV,L –19–04JUN90–1/1

Reduce Vandalism

TS

145

–UN

–23A

UG

88

1. Install vandal-proof devices.

2. Participate in a neighborhood watch program. Takewritten notes of suspicious vehicles or persons andreport your findings to law enforcement agency.

3. Regularly verify that identification plates have not beenremoved. If they have, notify law enforcement agency.Order duplicate plates from your dealer.

4-7-2 012704

PN=226


DX,CRPRV,G –19–03MAR93–1/1

Report Thefts Immediately

TS

146

–UN

–09J

AN

89

1. Immediately notify your local law enforcement agencyand insurance agent.

2. Provide a complete description of the machine, all ofthe documented identification numbers and colorphotographs.

3. Request verification of the identification numbers afterthey have been entered with any regional or nationalcrime information center. Double check the numbers tobe sure they are correct.

4. Notify your John Deere dealer of the theft and requestthat its loss be posted with full description andidentification numbers.

4-7-3 012704

PN=227


4-7-4 012704

PN=228

IndexPage Page

A CounterweightsLiquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15

LubricateAccumulatorExtendible dipperstick rails . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10Ride control, checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6AcidSideshift rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Battery, check electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2Specification, pivot and cylinder grease. . . 3-1-6AdjustmentSpecification, rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6Engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1Stabilizer rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10AirStabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5Cleaner elements clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8

OperatingAir cleaner, engineAuxiliary hydraulic function . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26Elements, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-10Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16Intake hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2Boom lock, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17Air conditioningExtendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6, 2-1-11ISO excavator two-lever controls . . . . . . . 2-2-20Receiver-dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3John Deere two-lever controls . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19AlternatorStabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6

Side-shifting the boom, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23AxleStabilizersFront, non-powered

Changing feet, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14Lubricate oscillating pivot and steeringLubricate rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-8, 3-4-9Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5Lubricate wheel bearings. . . . . . . 3-3-11, 3-3-12Reversing feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28

BallastMFWDLiquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15Change oil, housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5

BatteryChange oil, planetary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4AcidCheck oil, housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1

Burns from battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2Check oil, planetary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2Lubricate drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2Lubricate oscillating pivot and universalExplosions, prevent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-10Handling, checking, servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-7Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-8RearRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9Oil change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-8Operating differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-2Axles

Bearings, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-1, 3-8-3Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Bleeding service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-22Brake

B Park brakeCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-21

Service brakeBackhoeBleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-22AdjustmentInspection, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1

Break-inBoom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque . . . . . . 3-7-2Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1Auxiliary hydraulic function

Break-in engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26Bucket teeth installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30 Breather, hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-3

Index-1 012704

PN=1

Index

Page Page

Bucket DBackhoe

Installing teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30 Damper replacement, torsional . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6Front loader Defroster controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6, 2-1-11

Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13 DieselLow sulfur fuel conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Bulb replacement, halogen lights . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12

Diesel engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28Dipperstick, extendibleC

LockOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25

Cab air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5 Lubricant specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6 Lubricate rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10Cold weather Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24

Machine warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9 Display monitorStarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2

Controls Drain engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4Backhoe, ISO excavator two-lever Driving

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20 Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15Backhoe, John Deere two-lever With manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-12

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19 Dust unloader vlaveBackhoe, 315SG Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7

Side-shifting the boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23Steering console

Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8ESteering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15

CoolantElectricalConditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7ElementDrain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4

PrimaryHeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8Cleaning and inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3

SecondaryLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3Inspecting and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2Cooling system

EmergenciesCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3Prepare for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4

EngineFilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5Air cleaner dust unloader valve, clean. . . . . . 3-3-7

Service safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1Air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

COOLSCAN PLUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5 Alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Counterweights Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7

Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15 Break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1Crime prevention Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8

Document ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1 Coolant temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Keep proof of ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1 Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5Park indoors out of sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-1 Fuel, dieselRecord identification numbers . . . . . . . 4-5-1, 4-7-1 Low sulfur conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Reduce vandalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-2 Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3Report thefts immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-3 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4When parking outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7-2 Oil check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2

Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4Cylinder service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30

Index-2 012704

PN=2

Index

Page Page

Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-27Speed check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8

Speed control lever tension, adjust . . . . . . . 4-1-26, Ride controlChecking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-174-1-27

Speed control linkage, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-25 Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-18Front wheel driveStarting

Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5FuelTorsional damper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Low sulfur conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Valve clearance adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1

Engine oil Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2FilterBreak-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3

Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4 Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-5Equipment, Protective

Wear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2 Level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3TankExtendible dipperstick

Lock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-25 Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6Lubricant specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6

Lubricate rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10 Fumes, exhaustBeware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-10

FG

Feet, stabilizerChanging, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14 Gauge

Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14Filter Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

Transmission and torque converter oilCab airClean and replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5 temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9Engine air cleanerDust unloader valve, clean . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7 Grease

Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-3Replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-10Engine oil Axle

MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4Fuel MFWD oscillating pivot and universal

joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-10Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-5 Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-11,

3-3-12HydraulicReplace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2 Axle, non-powered front

Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-8,TransmissionReplace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2 3-4-9

BackhoeFires, prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4Fluids, high pressure Extendible dipperstick rails . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10

Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3Front loader Sideshift rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9

Stabilizer rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10Boom service lockInspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1 Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5

Front loaderOperate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13 Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4

Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5Lubricant specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6

Index-3 012704

PN=3

Index

Page Page

Specification Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1InstrumentPivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6

Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6 Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2Ground Speeds

310G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1310SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1 L

LeverSteering wheel tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15H

Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8

HandholdsLoader

Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1Boom service lock

Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6, 2-1-11Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1

Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2

Horn button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7, 2-1-10Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13

HoseLubricant specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6

Crankcase ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5

Engine air intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-27

Radiator upper and lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3Ride control

Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17

HydraulicDischarge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-18

Backhoe auxiliary functionLubricant

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-3

OilSpecification

Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-9Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6

Filter, replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6

Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Lubricate

Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Axle

ReservoirMFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9

Breather, replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-3MFWD oscillating pivot and universal

Fill screen, inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-10

Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-11,

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-123-3-12

Axle, non-powered frontOscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-8,

3-4-9IBackhoe

Extendible dipperstick rails . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10IndicatorPivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6Check service code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Sideshift rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Engine air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Stabilizer rails, 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10Engine alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

Front loaderHydraulic oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5

Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9 M

InjectionNozzle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5 Machine

Maintenance, preparation for. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5

Index-4 012704

PN=4

Index

Page Page

Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-9Warm-upMFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4Normal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7Machine modificationsTransmission and torque converter . . . . . . 3-8-6Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2

LevelMacine, inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2MaintenanceHydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1MFWD housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1Preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4Record keeping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-4Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4Mechanical front wheel drive

SpecificationOil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5MFWDHydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5LubricateMechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Change axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Change planetary housing oil . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4

OILSCAN PLUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5Check axle housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1Operating tipsCheck planetary housing oil level . . . . . . . 3-6-1

Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30Drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1Oscillating pivot and universal joints . . . . 3-4-10Operational checksOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-13Miscellaneous checksBrake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-14Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-13MonitorGauge and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1Check service code indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5Display window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3Engine air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5Engine alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

Engine oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Fuel level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 PFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2

Park brakeHydraulic oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . 2-1-3Check operation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-21Seat belt/park brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Select button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

ParkingTransmission and torque converter oil temperatureMachine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

Parts, movingMotor service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30Stay clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3

Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1Pins, metalN

Drive safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3Pre-start inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1Neutral start system check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12Pump

Service of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30

OR

OilChange Receiver-dryer

Check sight glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4

Index-5 012704

PN=5

Index

Page Page

Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6 SpecificationBackhoe boom-to-dipperstick pin boltRequired parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8

Ride control torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2Hardware torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31Checking accumulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17

Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-18 LubricantPivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-10

Switch and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6Metric bolt and cap screw torque . . . . . . . . 4-1-33Roads

Operating or traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6 OilAxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5ROPS

Inpsect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Keep properly installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31

Maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Oil, differential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Oil, hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump . . 3-1-5Oil, park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5

S Unified inch bolt and cap screw torque . . . . 4-1-32Wheel fastener torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4310G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3Safety310SG and 315SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14Information, recognize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1

SpeedInstructions, follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1Engine speed control linkage adjustment . . 4-1-25Park and prepare for service safely. . . . . . . . 1-4-1Ground, 310SG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1Screen, hydraulic reservoir fill310G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6

StabilizersSeatChanging feet, 315SG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14Air suspensionLubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5Switch, height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6Lubricate rails, 315SG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10Non-suspensionOperating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13Reversing feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-14

Starting fluid, cold weather start . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5Seat belt inspection and replacment . . . . . . 2-1-15Starting the engineSuspension

Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14StepsSeat belt

Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Use and maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1StorageSecondary and primary element

Diesel fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1Secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12

SulfurSelect button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2Diesel fuel conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1Serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1

SwitchServiceAir suspension seat height adjustment . . . . . 2-1-6Control valves, cylinders, pumps, andDefroster, heater, and air conditioner . . . . . . 2-1-6,motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30

2-1-11Ride control, discharge pressure. . . . . . . . . 4-1-18Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-28Service brakeLocations, steering console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-22Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . 2-2-29Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5Service codeRide control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8Service interval checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6

Service record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8

Index-6 012704

PN=6

Index

Page Page

Windshield wiper, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6 WasteDispose of properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5Work and drive lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8

Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16Welding repairs

Make safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-2T Wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-1, 3-8-3

Wheel fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4WindowTeeth, backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30

Operational checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-14TireWindowsPressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3

Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12Pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2Side, secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12Toe-in adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29

Windshield wipersToe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6Toolbox

3-Way Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-5Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9Torque converter

Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3

Torsional damper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34Transmissioin

Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3Transmission

Filter change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-4Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-14

TransportingOn a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34

TravelingOn public roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6

V

ValveEngine air cleaner dust unloader, clean . . . . 3-3-7Hydraulic control valve service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30

Vent tube, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5Vibration

Torsional damper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6

W

Warm-upMachine, cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9Machine, normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8

Index-7 012704

PN=7

Index

Index-8 012704

PN=8

Guía de Usuario John Deer

Documents

Transcript of Guía de Usuario John Deer